WO2017125009A1 - 一种探测参考信号的发送方法和装置 - Google Patents

一种探测参考信号的发送方法和装置 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2017125009A1
WO2017125009A1 PCT/CN2017/071482 CN2017071482W WO2017125009A1 WO 2017125009 A1 WO2017125009 A1 WO 2017125009A1 CN 2017071482 W CN2017071482 W CN 2017071482W WO 2017125009 A1 WO2017125009 A1 WO 2017125009A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
srs
subframe
lbt
reference signal
transmitting
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2017/071482
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
杨玲
苟伟
赵亚军
彭佛才
Original Assignee
中兴通讯股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 中兴通讯股份有限公司 filed Critical 中兴通讯股份有限公司
Priority to US16/070,883 priority Critical patent/US20190132103A1/en
Publication of WO2017125009A1 publication Critical patent/WO2017125009A1/zh

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/50—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources
    • H04W72/54—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on quality criteria
    • H04W72/542—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on quality criteria using measured or perceived quality
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0048—Allocation of pilot signals, i.e. of signals known to the receiver
    • H04L5/0051—Allocation of pilot signals, i.e. of signals known to the receiver of dedicated pilots, i.e. pilots destined for a single user or terminal
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04B—TRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/02—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
    • H04B7/04—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
    • H04B7/06—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station
    • H04B7/0697—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using spatial multiplexing
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L25/00—Baseband systems
    • H04L25/02—Details ; arrangements for supplying electrical power along data transmission lines
    • H04L25/0202—Channel estimation
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L25/00—Baseband systems
    • H04L25/02—Details ; arrangements for supplying electrical power along data transmission lines
    • H04L25/0202—Channel estimation
    • H04L25/0224—Channel estimation using sounding signals
    • H04L25/0226—Channel estimation using sounding signals sounding signals per se
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L27/00—Modulated-carrier systems
    • H04L27/0006—Assessment of spectral gaps suitable for allocating digitally modulated signals, e.g. for carrier allocation in cognitive radio
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0037—Inter-user or inter-terminal allocation
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W16/00—Network planning, e.g. coverage or traffic planning tools; Network deployment, e.g. resource partitioning or cells structures
    • H04W16/14—Spectrum sharing arrangements between different networks
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044—Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0446—Resources in time domain, e.g. slots or frames
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/12—Wireless traffic scheduling
    • H04W72/121—Wireless traffic scheduling for groups of terminals or users
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/21—Control channels or signalling for resource management in the uplink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards the network
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/23—Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0001—Arrangements for dividing the transmission path
    • H04L5/0003—Two-dimensional division
    • H04L5/0005—Time-frequency
    • H04L5/0007—Time-frequency the frequencies being orthogonal, e.g. OFDM(A), DMT
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W74/00—Wireless channel access
    • H04W74/08—Non-scheduled access, e.g. ALOHA
    • H04W74/0808—Non-scheduled access, e.g. ALOHA using carrier sensing, e.g. carrier sense multiple access [CSMA]

Definitions

  • the embodiments of the present invention relate to the field of wireless communications, and in particular, to a method and an apparatus for transmitting a sounding reference signal.
  • LTE long term evolution
  • the unlicensed spectrum has the characteristics that the unlicensed spectrum does not need to be purchased, the spectrum resource has zero cost, and has the characteristics of free/low cost; the individual and the enterprise can participate in the deployment, and the equipment of the equipment vendor can be deployed arbitrarily, and the access requirement is low. Low cost; 5GHz, 2.4GHz and other frequency bands in the unlicensed spectrum can be used, with features of large available bandwidth; unlicensed carriers have the characteristics of shared resources, that is, when multiple different systems are operating or the same system When different operators operate in it, they can consider some ways of sharing resources to improve spectrum utilization efficiency, and so on.
  • the Rel-13 version of the LTE system began research in September 2014.
  • One of the important research topics is the carrier work of the LTE system using unlicensed spectrum. This technology will enable the LTE system to use the carriers of the existing unlicensed spectrum, greatly increasing the potential spectrum resources of the LTE system, enabling the LTE system to obtain lower spectrum costs.
  • the sounding reference signal is a basic function of the uplink
  • the evolved base station eNodeB (simplified to the eNB) uses the Sounding Reference Signal (SRS) to estimate the uplink channel quality of different frequency bands.
  • the scheduler of the evolved base station eNodeB may allocate, according to the uplink channel state estimation, which RBs (Resource Blocks) of the instantaneous channel state are allocated to the UE (User Equipment, User Equipment) for the Physical Uplink Shared Channel (Physical Uplink Shared Channel, PUSCH) transmission.
  • SRS can also be used for fixed uplink timing, and channel symmetry is used to estimate downlink channel quality, especially in Time Division Duplex (TDD) systems, assuming downlink/uplink channel reciprocity. in.
  • TDD Time Division Duplex
  • LAA Licensed Assisted Access
  • LBT Listen Before Talk
  • the unlicensed carrier is not allowed to be used, it is necessary to consider the question of how to increase the chance of the UE transmitting the SRS signal after the UE performs the LBT failure.
  • MCS Modulation and Coding Scheme
  • the present invention provides a method and a device for transmitting a sounding reference signal, which implements simultaneous or different transmission of SRS and PUSCH and uplink subframes.
  • the SRS signal transmission method provides more SRS transmission opportunities at the same time.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a method for transmitting a sounding reference signal, which is applied to a first communication node, and includes:
  • the CCA is used to detect the right to use the unlicensed carrier
  • the sounding reference signal SRS and/or the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH are transmitted on the unlicensed carrier.
  • the sending location of the sounding reference signal SRS includes: a specific symbol in a time unit.
  • the time unit includes at least one of: a subframe; a time slot.
  • the specific symbol includes at least one of the following:
  • the sending location of the sounding reference signal SRS includes: a time window for transmitting the SRS.
  • the time window for sending the SRS is located before: the time unit, or after the time unit, or includes the time unit.
  • the location of sending the SRS in the time window is determined by at least one of the following parameters:
  • the offset within the time window the number of SRS durations sent by the SRS duration, the interval between SRS durations, the duration of the time window, and the end position of the SRS duration sent within the time window.
  • the SRS duration includes at least one of: one subframe; multiple subframes; one slot; multiple slots.
  • the SRS signal is sent on at least one symbol in SRS duration in a time window of the SRS.
  • the location at which the SRS signal is transmitted is determined by one of the following ways:
  • the base station indicates by physical layer DCI signaling
  • the base station indicates, by using physical layer DCI signaling, a location for transmitting the SRS on consecutive multiple subframes;
  • the base station indicates the transmission of the SRS signal on each subframe
  • the SRS signal can be sent on the candidate subframe, but specifically, in which subframe the candidate is transmitted, the base station needs to send a signaling indication or trigger.
  • the sending location of the sounding reference signal SRS includes:
  • the uplink pilot time slot in the special subframe; and/or the guard interval GP in the special subframe are used.
  • the sending location of the sounding reference signal SRS includes:
  • the base station sends a reserved signal period.
  • the reserved signal period includes: a time unit in which the base station performs CCA or LBT success to start downlink transmission.
  • the sending location of the sounding reference signal SRS includes: a downlink transmission period.
  • the subframe position that sends the SRS in the downlink transmission period is determined by at least one of the following: the base station indicates by the physical layer DCI signaling; the predefined; the base station and the UE agree in advance.
  • the sending location of the sounding reference signal SRS includes: a discovery reference signal DRS transmission period.
  • the transmitting the sounding reference signal SRS during the DRS transmission period comprises: transmitting on a symbol of the DRS subframe.
  • the spare symbol position includes at least one of the following:
  • the sending location of the sounding reference signal SRS includes: a last partial subframe after the end of the downlink transmission.
  • the symbol position of the SRS signal sent on the last partial subframe after the end of the downlink transmission is indicated by the base station through physical layer DCI signaling, or determined according to the LBT or CCA success time, or predefined.
  • the starting position of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH includes:
  • the starting position of the uplink physical shared channel PUSCH is a specific symbol on a time unit.
  • the time unit includes at least one of the following: a subframe, a time slot, and a symbol.
  • the specific symbol comprises at least one of the following: symbol 0, symbol 1, symbol 4, symbol 7.
  • the starting position of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH further includes:
  • the uplink physical shared channel PUSCH transmission timing is completely dependent on the LBT or CCA success time.
  • the location where the LBT or the CCA detection is performed includes one of the following:
  • the position detected by the LBT or CCA is limited to a predetermined area; or,
  • the position detected by LBT or CCA is not limited.
  • the location where the LBT or the CCA detection is performed includes one of the following:
  • k, s, k1, and s1 are positive integers.
  • the parameter k and the parameter s are both 1 or 2, and the parameter k1 and the parameter s1 are both 1.
  • the method when performing LBT or CCA success on the last OFDM symbol in the previous subframe of the subframe or the scheduling subframe, the method includes:
  • the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH and the sounding reference signal SRS are transmitted on the subframe or the scheduling subframe.
  • the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH starting transmission moment includes: scheduling a first OFDM symbol in the subframe.
  • the location where the sounding reference signal SRS is transmitted includes: scheduling the last OFDM symbol in the subframe.
  • the method when the sounding reference signal SRS transmission position and the LBT or CCA detection position are performed in the same OFDM symbol in the next subframe, the method includes:
  • the transmission of the sounding reference signal SRS and the execution of the LBT or CCA detection position in the next subframe coexist in a frequency division manner.
  • the frequency domain location of the sounding reference signal SRS is sent: the entire bandwidth is predetermined The frequency domain resource corresponding to the subcarrier spacing.
  • the predetermined subcarrier spacing comprises: a subcarrier spacing of 1; or a subcarrier spacing of 3.
  • the LBT or CCA detection location is one of a set of frequency domain locations of the sounding reference signal SRS.
  • the method further includes: modifying a sounding reference signal sending position.
  • the sending position of the sounding reference signal comprises: a first OFDM symbol in the subframe; or a last OFDM symbol of the first half slot in the subframe; or the first OFDM of the second half slot in the subframe symbol.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first user equipment or the first user equipment group sends a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH on the scheduling subframe; the second user equipment or the second user equipment group sends the sounding reference signal on the scheduling subframe or the last symbol in the candidate subframe.
  • SRS Physical uplink shared channel
  • the first user equipment or the first user equipment group sends a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) on the scheduling subframe or the candidate subframe, and the second user equipment or the second user equipment group and the first user equipment or the first user equipment group are at least
  • the sounding reference signal SRS is transmitted on the last symbol of the subframe.
  • PUSCH physical uplink shared channel
  • the method further includes:
  • the first user equipment or the first user equipment group sends a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH on the scheduling subframe; the second user equipment or the second user equipment group sends the sounding reference on the first subframe of the scheduling subframe or the candidate subframe.
  • Signal SRS
  • the first user equipment or the first user equipment group sends a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) on the scheduling subframe or the candidate subframe, and the second user equipment or the second user equipment group and the first user equipment or the first user equipment group are at least
  • the sounding reference signal SRS is transmitted on the first symbol of the subframe.
  • PUSCH physical uplink shared channel
  • the second user equipment or the second user equipment group before the sending the sounding reference signal SRS, further includes: sending a reservation signal in a space between the LBT or CCA success time to the location of the sounding reference signal.
  • the second user equipment or the second user equipment group before the sending the sounding reference signal SRS, further includes: performing LBT or CCA detection; or: performing LBT or CCA detection.
  • the second user equipment or the second user equipment group sends the sounding reference signal SRS to perform the location of the LBT or CCA detection, including: detecting one OFDM symbol before the reference signal position.
  • the LBT or CCA detection performed by the second user equipment or the second user equipment group to transmit the sounding reference signal SRS performs a simplified LBT mechanism or parameter configuration.
  • the sending, by the second user equipment or the second user equipment group, the sounding reference signal SRS does not perform an LBT or CCA operation, and is determined by one of the following:
  • the SRS signal is transmitted on the candidate subframe, and the subframe used for transmitting the SRS signal is determined according to the base station indication or the new signaling trigger.
  • the method when the sounding reference signal SRS is independently transmitted, the method includes: 1 ms according to the regulation; or, does not comply with the 1 ms requirement.
  • the method includes: transmitting the sounding reference signal SRS in a predetermined time domain position, and sending the reserved signal to the remaining time domain resources.
  • the predetermined time domain location comprises one of: a last OFDM symbol of a subframe; or a first OFDM symbol of a subframe; or a last OFDM symbol of a first half of a subframe; or The first OFDM symbol of the second half of the subframe; or, the LBT or CCA detects the first OFDM symbol after the successful time.
  • the reserved signal is a sounding reference signal SRS.
  • the method includes: transmitting the probe on the first OFDM symbol after the LBT or CCA detection success time The reference signal SRS is measured.
  • the first communication node is a base station
  • sending the sounding reference signal SRS and further comprising one of the following:
  • the sounding reference signal SRS is transmitted during the downlink transmission period.
  • the method further includes:
  • the location of the supplemental transmission sounding reference signal SRS includes:
  • first predetermined time domain resource Located before the first predetermined time domain resource, or after the first predetermined time domain resource, or including the first predetermined time domain resource.
  • the k1 OFDM symbols at the end and the s1 in the subframe or the scheduling subframe when in the first s OFDM symbols in the subframe or the scheduling subframe or in the previous subframe of the subframe or the scheduling subframe, the k1 OFDM symbols at the end and the s1 in the subframe or the scheduling subframe, it includes:
  • the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH starts from the s+1 symbol; or,
  • the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH starts with an s1+1 symbol, where the s, s1, and k1 are positive integers.
  • the sending location of the sounding reference signal SRS includes one of the following:
  • the first OFDM symbol of the subframe or,
  • the first OFDM symbol of the second half of the subframe or,
  • LBT or CCA detects the first OFDM symbol after the successful time
  • the first OFDM symbol that the PUSCH starts transmitting is the first OFDM symbol that the PUSCH starts transmitting.
  • the performing the time domain and/or the frequency domain location of the LBT or CCA detection, or the time domain and/or the frequency domain location of the sounding reference signal, or the transmitting the sounding reference signal time window The location, or the candidate time domain and/or the frequency domain location of the sounding reference signal is transmitted, or the PUSCH start transmission time is obtained by:
  • the base station and the UE agree in advance; or,
  • the base station indicates to the UE; or,
  • Physical layer signaling notification such as DCI; or,
  • the embodiment of the present invention further provides a sending device for detecting a reference signal, which is disposed at the first communications node, and includes:
  • a competition module configured to detect, according to the LBT or the idle channel, the CCA, the right to use the unlicensed carrier
  • a sending module configured to send the sounding reference signal SRS and/or the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH on the unlicensed carrier when successfully using the unlicensed carrier.
  • the sending location of the sounding reference signal SRS includes: a specific symbol in a time unit;
  • the sending location of the sounding reference signal SRS further includes: a time window for transmitting the SRS;
  • the sending position of the sounding reference signal SRS includes: an uplink pilot time slot in a special subframe; and/or a guard interval GP in a special subframe;
  • the sending location of the sounding reference signal SRS includes: a period during which the base station sends the reserved signal;
  • the sending position of the sounding reference signal SRS includes: a downlink transmission period
  • the sending position of the sounding reference signal SRS includes: a discovery reference signal DRS transmission period;
  • the sending position of the sounding reference signal SRS includes: a last partial subframe after the end of the downlink transmission;
  • the starting position of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH includes: a starting position of the uplink physical shared channel PUSCH is a specific symbol on a time unit;
  • the starting position of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH further includes: the uplink physical shared channel PUSCH transmission time is completely determined by the LBT or CCA success time.
  • the device further includes: an adjustment module configured to modify the sounding reference signal sending position.
  • the sending module is further configured to:
  • the first user equipment or the first user equipment group sends a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH on the scheduling subframe; the second user equipment or the second user equipment group sends the sounding reference signal on the scheduling subframe or the last symbol in the candidate subframe.
  • SRS Physical uplink shared channel
  • the first user equipment or the first user equipment group sends a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) on the scheduling subframe or the candidate subframe, and the second user equipment or the second user equipment group and the first user equipment or the first user equipment group are at least
  • the sounding reference signal SRS is transmitted on the first symbol of the subframe.
  • PUSCH physical uplink shared channel
  • the sending module is further configured to:
  • the first user equipment or the first user equipment group sends a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH on the scheduling subframe; the second user equipment or the second user equipment group sends the sounding reference on the first subframe of the scheduling subframe or the candidate subframe.
  • Signal SRS
  • the first user equipment or the first user equipment group sends a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) on the scheduling subframe or the candidate subframe, and the second user equipment or the second user equipment group and the first user equipment or the first user equipment group are at least
  • the sounding reference signal SRS is transmitted on the first symbol of the subframe.
  • PUSCH physical uplink shared channel
  • the sending module sends the sounding reference signal SRS, and further includes one of the following:
  • the sounding reference signal SRS is transmitted during the downlink transmission period.
  • the sending module is further configured to:
  • the sounding reference signal SRS When the right to use the unlicensed carrier is not contending, stopping transmitting the sounding reference signal SRS on the first predetermined time domain resource, and continuing to compete for the use right of the unlicensed carrier on the unlicensed carrier, In the case of an authorized carrier, the sounding reference signal is supplementally transmitted.
  • the adjusting module is configured to adjust a CBT size of the LBT mechanism or the LBT mechanism performed by sending the sounding reference signal SRS, and the number of LBT failures performed by sending the SRS, where the adjustment indication includes the eNB notifying the UE to adjust, or The UE adjusts itself.
  • an embodiment of the present invention further provides a computer readable storage medium storing computer executable instructions for performing a method for transmitting a sounding reference signal according to any of the above.
  • the embodiment of the invention has the following beneficial effects:
  • the method and apparatus of the embodiments of the present invention provide a method for transmitting SRS signals when SRS and PUSCH are transmitted simultaneously or at different times and in an uplink partial subframe, and provide more SRS transmission opportunities at the same time.
  • the SRS sequence is used as the occupation signal, thereby simplifying the design of the occupied signal.
  • FIG. 1 is a flowchart of a method for transmitting a sounding reference signal according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a device for transmitting a sounding reference signal according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of an LBT or CCA execution location in a scheduling subframe according to an embodiment of the present invention. Schematic diagram of the first s OFDM symbols;
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of an LBT or CCA execution location being located in k1 OFDM symbols at the end of a previous subframe of a scheduling subframe and s1 OFDM symbols in a scheduling subframe according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of multiple user multiplexing and transmitting respective SRSs in a multi-subframe scheduling manner according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 6 is a first schematic diagram of a PUSCH multiplex transmission of an SRS and other user equipment according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 7 is a second schematic diagram of a PUSCH multiplex transmission of an SRS and other user equipment according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 8 is a third schematic diagram of a PUSCH multiplex transmission of an SRS and other user equipment according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 9 is a fourth schematic diagram of a PUSCH multiplex transmission of an SRS and other user equipment according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 10 is a first schematic diagram of a user equipment independently transmitting a sounding reference signal SRS according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 11 is a second schematic diagram of a user equipment independently transmitting a sounding reference signal SRS according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 12 is a third schematic diagram of a user equipment independently transmitting a sounding reference signal SRS according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of a frequency domain pattern of an SRS with a subcarrier spacing of 1 according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a frequency domain pattern of an SRS with a subcarrier spacing of 3 according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of an SRS transmission time window after a current SRS cycle point and before a next SRS cycle point according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of a plurality of consecutive SRS transmission time windows according to an embodiment of the present invention. SRS transmission opportunity point diagram;
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of a plurality of SRS transmission opportunity points in a SRS transmission time window according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of a method for transmitting an SRS by using a combination of a short period and a long period according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a method for transmitting a sounding reference signal, which is applied to a first communication node, and includes:
  • Step 101 According to the LBT or the idle channel, the CCA is used to detect the right to use the non-authorized carrier.
  • Step 102 When successfully competing for the use right of the unlicensed carrier, send a sounding reference signal SRS and/or a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH on the unlicensed carrier.
  • SRS sounding reference signal
  • PUSCH physical uplink shared channel
  • the sending location of the sounding reference signal SRS includes: a specific symbol in a time unit.
  • the time unit includes at least one of the following: a subframe; a time slot.
  • the specific symbol includes at least one of the following:
  • the sending location of the sounding reference signal SRS further includes: a time window for transmitting the SRS.
  • the time window for sending the SRS is located before: the time unit, or after the time unit, or includes the time unit.
  • the location of the SRS in the time window is determined by at least one of the following parameters:
  • the offset within the time window the number of SRS durations sent by the SRS duration, the interval between SRS durations, the duration of the time window, and the end position of the SRS duration sent within the time window.
  • the SRS duration includes at least one of: one subframe; multiple subframes; one slot; multiple slots.
  • the SRS signal is sent on at least one symbol in SRS duration in a time window of the SRS.
  • the position at which the SRS signal is transmitted is determined by one of the following methods:
  • the base station indicates by physical layer DCI signaling
  • the base station indicates, by using physical layer DCI signaling, a location for transmitting the SRS on consecutive multiple subframes;
  • the base station indicates the transmission of the SRS signal on each subframe
  • the SRS signal can be sent on the candidate subframe, but specifically, in which subframe the candidate is transmitted, the base station needs to send a signaling indication or trigger.
  • the sending location of the sounding reference signal SRS includes:
  • the uplink pilot time slot in the special subframe; and/or the guard interval GP in the special subframe are used.
  • the sending location of the sounding reference signal SRS includes: a period during which the base station sends the reserved signal.
  • the period of the reserved signal includes: a time unit in which the base station performs CCA or LBT successfully until the downlink transmission starts.
  • the sending location of the sounding reference signal SRS includes: a downlink transmission period.
  • the subframe position for transmitting the SRS in the downlink transmission period is determined by at least one of the following: the base station indicates by the physical layer DCI signaling; the predefined; the base station and the UE agree in advance.
  • the sending location of the sounding reference signal SRS includes: a discovery reference signal DRS transmission period.
  • the sounding reference signal SRS is transmitted during a DRS transmission period, including: in a DRS subframe. Send on the remaining symbols.
  • the sending location of the sounding reference signal SRS includes: a last partial subframe after the end of the downlink transmission.
  • the symbol position of the SRS signal sent on the last partial subframe after the end of the downlink transmission is indicated by the base station through physical layer DCI signaling, or determined according to the LBT or CCA success time, or predefined.
  • the starting position of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH includes:
  • the starting position of the uplink physical shared channel PUSCH is a specific symbol on a time unit.
  • the time unit includes at least one of the following: a subframe, a time slot, and a symbol.
  • the specific symbol includes at least one of the following: symbol 0, symbol 1, symbol 4, and symbol 7.
  • the starting position of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH further includes:
  • the uplink physical shared channel PUSCH transmission timing is completely dependent on the LBT or CCA success time.
  • Sending the sounding reference signal SRS includes one of the following:
  • the sounding reference signal SRS is simultaneously transmitted on the unlicensed carrier with the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH of other user equipments;
  • the sounding reference signal SRS is independently transmitted on the unlicensed carrier.
  • the manner of transmitting the sounding reference signal SRS includes:
  • the sounding reference signal SRS is periodically transmitted and/or aperiodically triggered on the unlicensed carrier.
  • the location where the LBT or CCA detection is performed includes one of the following:
  • the position detected by the LBT or CCA is limited to a predetermined area; or,
  • the position detected by LBT or CCA is not limited.
  • the location where the LBT or CCA detection is performed includes one of the following:
  • k, s, k1, and s1 are positive integers.
  • k and s are both 1 or 2. Both k1 and s1 are 1.
  • the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH and the sounding reference signal SRS are transmitted on the subframe or the scheduling subframe.
  • the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH start transmission time includes: scheduling a first OFDM symbol in a subframe.
  • the location of the sounding reference signal SRS transmission includes a subframe position or a symbol position. Specifically, the last OFDM symbol in the scheduling subframe is included in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method includes:
  • the transmission of the sounding reference signal SRS and the execution of the LBT or CCA detection position in the next subframe coexist in a frequency division manner.
  • the frequency domain location sent by the sounding reference signal SRS includes: a frequency domain resource corresponding to a predetermined subcarrier spacing over the entire bandwidth.
  • the predetermined subcarrier spacing includes: the subcarrier spacing is 1; or the subcarrier spacing is 3.
  • the LBT or CCA detection location is one of a set of frequency domain locations of the sounding reference signal SRS.
  • the method also includes modifying a sounding reference signal transmission location.
  • the transmitting position of the sounding reference signal includes: the first OFDM symbol in the subframe; or the last OFDM symbol of the first half slot in the subframe; or the first OFDM symbol of the second half slot in the subframe.
  • the user equipment sends the sounding reference signal SRS to the PUSCH of the other user equipments for multiplexing or simultaneous transmission.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first user equipment or the first user equipment group sends a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH on the scheduling subframe; the second user equipment or the second user equipment group sends the sounding reference signal on the scheduling subframe or the last symbol in the candidate subframe.
  • SRS Physical uplink shared channel
  • the first user equipment or the first user equipment group sends a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) on the scheduling subframe or the candidate subframe, and the second user equipment or the second user equipment group and the first user equipment or the first user equipment group are at least
  • the sounding reference signal SRS is transmitted on the last symbol of the subframe.
  • PUSCH physical uplink shared channel
  • the first user equipment or the first user equipment group sends a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH on the scheduling subframe; the second user equipment or the second user equipment group sends the sounding reference on the first subframe of the scheduling subframe or the candidate subframe.
  • Signal SRS
  • the first user equipment or the first user equipment group sends a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) on the scheduling subframe or the candidate subframe, and the second user equipment or the second user equipment group and the first user equipment or the first user equipment group are at least
  • the sounding reference signal SRS is transmitted on the first symbol of the subframe.
  • PUSCH physical uplink shared channel
  • the second user equipment or the second user equipment group Before transmitting the sounding reference signal SRS, the second user equipment or the second user equipment group further includes: sending a reserved signal in a space between the LBT or CCA success time to the position of the sounding reference signal.
  • the second user equipment or the second user equipment group Before transmitting the sounding reference signal SRS, the second user equipment or the second user equipment group further includes: performing LBT or CCA detection; or, performing LBT or CCA detection.
  • the second user equipment or the second user equipment group sends the sounding reference signal SRS to perform the location of the LBT or CCA detection, including: detecting one OFDM symbol before the reference signal position.
  • the LBT or CCA detection performed by the second user equipment or the second user equipment group transmitting the sounding reference signal SRS performs a simplified LBT mechanism or parameter configuration.
  • the second user equipment or the second user equipment group sends the sounding reference signal SRS without performing an LBT or CCA operation, which is determined by one of the following:
  • the SRS signal is transmitted on the candidate subframe, and the subframe used for transmitting the SRS signal is determined according to the base station indication or the new signaling trigger.
  • the method includes: 1 ms according to the regulation; or, does not comply with the 1 ms requirement.
  • the method includes: transmitting the sounding reference signal SRS in a predetermined time domain position, and sending the reserved signal to the remaining time domain resources.
  • the predetermined time domain location includes one of: a last OFDM symbol of a subframe; or a first OFDM symbol of a subframe; or a last OFDM symbol of a first half of a subframe; or, in a subframe
  • the first OFDM symbol of the second half slot; or, the LBT or CCA detects the first OFDM symbol after the successful time.
  • the reserved signal is a sounding reference signal SRS.
  • the method includes: transmitting the sounding reference signal SRS on the first OFDM symbol after the LBT or CCA detection success time.
  • the sounding reference signal SRS is sent, and one of the following is included:
  • the sounding reference signal SRS is transmitted during the downlink transmission period.
  • the SRS independent transmission mode includes one of the following:
  • the UE transmits the SRS on the first symbol after the LBT/CCA succeeds.
  • the frequency domain composition of the symbol includes one of the following: SRS and LBT/CCA detection patterns; or, SRS and LBT/CCA detection patterns and remaining blank resources.
  • the LBT/CCA detection pattern is shared between the same cell or the UE under the same carrier.
  • the UE that continues to detect performs channel idle evaluation on the common LBT/CCA resource. If the evaluation result is idle, the UE allocates resources other than LBT/CCA common resources or LBT/CCA and reserved signals in the frequency domain of the next symbol. Send your own SRS. If the evaluation channel is busy, the channel is considered unavailable, the LBT/CCA can be continued, or the detection can be abandoned.
  • the UE that occupies the first channel needs to send the reserved signal all the time, and the reserved signal may be an SRS signal or other information.
  • the reserved signal may be the same or different from the frequency domain location of the SRS.
  • the UE that continues to detect may not transmit an occupation signal or transmit an occupation signal. That is, the time when one UE continuously occupies the channel satisfies the regulatory requirement, or the time when multiple multiplexed UEs occupy the channel together satisfies the regulatory requirements.
  • the UE When a UE independently occupies the time required to meet the regulatory requirements, the UE transmits the SRS signal at a specific symbol after the LBT/CCA success time, and the remaining symbols in the control request duration may transmit the PUCCH or the occupied signal or the reserved signal.
  • the method further includes:
  • the user equipment stops transmitting the sounding reference signal SRS on the first predetermined time domain resource, after the first predetermined time domain resource of the unlicensed carrier Performing the LBT or CCA detection before the predetermined time domain resource, and transmitting the sounding reference signal on the second predetermined time domain resource if the LBT is successfully executed before the second predetermined time domain resource;
  • the user equipment When not using the right to use the unlicensed carrier, the user equipment stops transmitting the sounding reference signal SRS on the first predetermined time domain resource, and the time window for transmitting the sounding reference signal SRS on the unlicensed carrier Performing the LBT or CCA detection before the third predetermined time domain resource, and transmitting the sounding reference signal on the third predetermined time domain resource if the LBT is successfully executed before the third predetermined time domain resource ;or,
  • the user equipment When not using the right to use the unlicensed carrier, the user equipment is in the first predetermined time domain The resource stops transmitting the sounding reference signal SRS, continues to compete for the use right of the unlicensed carrier on the unlicensed carrier, and transmits the sounding reference signal when competing for the unlicensed carrier.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides the foregoing three modes, where the first predetermined time domain resource includes a reservation that the SRS signal is sent according to a periodic opportunity.
  • the periodic point or the SRS signal is sent according to the aperiodic triggering opportunity, and the second predetermined time domain resource is used to retransmit the SRS in the second predetermined time domain resource when the first predetermined time domain resource fails to successfully send the SRS.
  • the third predetermined time domain resource is located before or after the first predetermined time domain resource or includes the first predetermined time domain resource.
  • the location of the supplemental transmission sounding reference signal SRS includes:
  • first predetermined time domain resource Located before the first predetermined time domain resource, or after the first predetermined time domain resource, or including the first predetermined time domain resource.
  • the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH starts from the s+1 symbol; or,
  • the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH starts with the s1+1 symbol, and the s, s1, and k1 are positive integers.
  • the sending position of the sounding reference signal SRS includes one of the following:
  • the first OFDM symbol of the subframe or,
  • the first OFDM symbol of the second half of the subframe or,
  • LBT or CCA detects the first OFDM symbol after the successful time
  • the first OFDM symbol that the PUSCH starts transmitting is the first OFDM symbol that the PUSCH starts transmitting.
  • the candidate time domain and/or frequency domain location of the sounding reference signal is transmitted, or the PUSCH start transmission time is obtained by:
  • the base station and the UE agree in advance; or,
  • the base station indicates to the UE; or,
  • Physical layer signaling notification such as DCI; or,
  • the method further includes: adjusting a number of LBT failures performed by transmitting the SRS by the CW size of the LBT mechanism or the LBT mechanism performed by transmitting the sounding reference signal SRS, wherein the adjustment indication includes the eNB notifying the UE to adjust, or the UE adjusting itself.
  • the embodiment of the present invention further provides a sending device for detecting a reference signal, which is disposed at the first communications node, and includes:
  • a competition module configured to detect, according to the LBT or the idle channel, the CCA, the right to use the unlicensed carrier
  • a sending module configured to send the sounding reference signal SRS and/or the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH on the unlicensed carrier when successfully using the unlicensed carrier.
  • the sending location of the sounding reference signal SRS includes: a specific symbol in a time unit;
  • the sending location of the sounding reference signal SRS further includes: a time window for transmitting the SRS;
  • the sending position of the sounding reference signal SRS includes: an uplink pilot time slot in a special subframe; and/or a guard interval GP in a special subframe;
  • the sending location of the sounding reference signal SRS includes: a period during which the base station sends the reserved signal;
  • the sending position of the sounding reference signal SRS includes: a downlink transmission period
  • the sending position of the sounding reference signal SRS includes: a discovery reference signal DRS transmission period;
  • the set includes: a sub-frame at the end after the end of the downlink transmission;
  • the starting position of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH includes: a starting position of the uplink physical shared channel PUSCH is a specific symbol on a time unit;
  • the starting position of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH further includes: the uplink physical shared channel PUSCH transmission time is completely determined by the LBT or CCA success time.
  • the transmission location of the sounding reference signal SRS includes a specific symbol in a time unit.
  • the time unit includes at least one of the following: a subframe; a time slot.
  • the specific symbol includes at least one of the following:
  • the sending location of the sounding reference signal SRS further includes: a time window for transmitting the SRS.
  • the time window for sending the SRS is located before: the time unit, or after the time unit, or includes the time unit.
  • the location of the SRS in the time window is determined by at least one of the following parameters:
  • the offset within the time window the number of SRS durations sent by the SRS duration, the interval between SRS durations, the duration of the time window, and the end position of the SRS duration sent within the time window.
  • the SRS duration includes at least one of: one subframe; multiple subframes; one slot; multiple slots.
  • the SRS signal is sent on at least one symbol in SRS duration in a time window of the SRS.
  • the position at which the SRS signal is transmitted is determined by one of the following methods:
  • the base station indicates by physical layer DCI signaling
  • the base station indicates, by using physical layer DCI signaling, a location for transmitting the SRS on consecutive multiple subframes;
  • the base station indicates the transmission of the SRS signal on each subframe
  • the SRS signal can be sent on the candidate subframe, but specifically, in which subframe the candidate is transmitted, the base station needs to send a signaling indication or trigger.
  • the sending location of the sounding reference signal SRS includes:
  • the uplink pilot time slot in the special subframe; and/or the guard interval GP in the special subframe are used.
  • the sending location of the sounding reference signal SRS includes:
  • the base station sends a reserved signal period.
  • the period of the reserved signal includes: a time unit in which the base station performs CCA or LBT successfully until the downlink transmission starts.
  • the sending location of the sounding reference signal SRS includes: a downlink transmission period when the SRS is sent on the unlicensed carrier.
  • the subframe position for transmitting the SRS in the downlink transmission period is determined by at least one of the following: the base station indicates by the physical layer DCI signaling; the predefined; the base station and the UE agree in advance.
  • the sending location of the sounding reference signal SRS includes: a discovery reference signal DRS transmission period when the SRS is transmitted on the unlicensed carrier.
  • the transmitting the sounding reference signal SRS during the DRS transmission period includes: transmitting on the remaining symbols of the DRS subframe.
  • the sending position of the sounding reference signal SRS includes: a last partial subframe after the end of the downlink transmission.
  • the symbol position of the SRS signal sent on the last partial subframe after the end of the downlink transmission is indicated by the base station through physical layer DCI signaling, or determined according to the LBT or CCA success time, or predefined.
  • the starting position of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH includes:
  • the starting position of the uplink physical shared channel PUSCH is a specific symbol on a time unit.
  • the time unit includes at least one of the following: a subframe, a time slot, and a symbol.
  • the specific symbol includes at least one of the following: symbol 0, symbol 1, symbol 4, and symbol 7.
  • the starting position of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH further includes:
  • the uplink physical shared channel PUSCH transmission timing is completely dependent on the LBT or CCA success time.
  • the location where the contention module LBT or CCA detects execution includes one of the following:
  • the position detected by the LBT or CCA is limited to a predetermined area; or,
  • the position detected by LBT or CCA is not limited.
  • the location where the LBT or CCA detection is performed includes one of the following:
  • k, s, k1, and s1 are positive integers.
  • the parameter k and the parameter s are both 1 or 2, and the parameter k1 and the parameter s1 are both 1.
  • the sending module is specifically configured to:
  • the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH and the sounding reference signal SRS are transmitted on the subframe or the scheduling subframe.
  • the starting time of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH in the sending module includes: scheduling a first OFDM symbol in a subframe.
  • the location of the sounding reference signal SRS sent by the sending module includes: The last OFDM symbol.
  • the method includes:
  • the transmission of the sounding reference signal SRS and the execution of the LBT or CCA detection position in the next subframe coexist in a frequency division manner.
  • the frequency domain location sent by the sounding reference signal SRS in the sending module includes: a frequency domain resource corresponding to a predetermined subcarrier spacing over the entire bandwidth.
  • the predetermined subcarrier spacing in the sending module includes: a subcarrier spacing of 1; or a subcarrier spacing of 3.
  • the LBT or CCA detection location in the contention module is one of the set of frequency domain locations of the sounding reference signal SRS.
  • the apparatus further includes an adjustment module configured to modify the sounding reference signal transmission position.
  • the sending position of the sounding reference signal in the sending module includes: a first OFDM symbol in a subframe; or a last OFDM symbol in a first half slot in a subframe; or a first one of a second half slot in a subframe OFDM symbol.
  • the sending module is further configured to:
  • the first user equipment or the first user equipment group sends a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH on the scheduling subframe; the second user equipment or the second user equipment group sends the sounding reference signal on the scheduling subframe or the last symbol in the candidate subframe.
  • SRS Physical uplink shared channel
  • the first user equipment or the first user equipment group sends a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) on the scheduling subframe or the candidate subframe, and the second user equipment or the second user equipment group and the first user equipment or the first user equipment group are at least
  • the sounding reference signal SRS is transmitted on the last symbol of the subframe.
  • PUSCH physical uplink shared channel
  • the sending module is further configured to:
  • the first user equipment or the first user equipment group sends a physical uplink shared channel on the scheduling subframe. a PUSCH; the second user equipment or the second user equipment group sends the sounding reference signal SRS on the scheduling subframe or the first symbol in the candidate subframe;
  • the first user equipment or the first user equipment group sends a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) on the scheduling subframe or the candidate subframe, and the second user equipment or the second user equipment group and the first user equipment or the first user equipment group are at least
  • the sounding reference signal SRS is transmitted on the first symbol of the subframe.
  • PUSCH physical uplink shared channel
  • the second user equipment or the second user equipment group Before transmitting the sounding reference signal SRS, the second user equipment or the second user equipment group further includes: sending a reserved signal in a space between the LBT or CCA success time to the position of the sounding reference signal.
  • the second user equipment or the second user equipment group Before transmitting the sounding reference signal SRS, the second user equipment or the second user equipment group further includes: performing LBT or CCA detection; or, performing LBT or CCA detection.
  • the second user equipment or the second user equipment group sends the sounding reference signal SRS to perform the location of the LBT or CCA detection, including: detecting one OFDM symbol before the reference signal position.
  • the LBT or CCA detection performed by the second user equipment or the second user equipment group transmitting the sounding reference signal SRS performs a simplified LBT mechanism or parameter configuration.
  • the second user equipment or the second user equipment group sends the sounding reference signal SRS without performing an LBT or CCA operation, which is determined by one of the following:
  • the SRS signal is transmitted on the candidate subframe, and the subframe used for transmitting the SRS signal is determined according to the base station indication or the new signaling trigger.
  • the method includes: according to the requirement of 1 ms of the regulation; or, does not comply with the requirement of 1 ms.
  • the sending module sends the sounding reference signal SRS in a predetermined time domain position according to the control 1 ms transmission requirement, and the remaining time domain resources send the reserved signal.
  • the predetermined time domain location in the sending module includes one of: the last one of the subframes OFDM symbol; or the first OFDM symbol of the subframe; or the last OFDM symbol of the first half of the subframe; or the first OFDM symbol of the second half of the subframe; or, LBT or CCA detection The first OFDM symbol after the successful moment.
  • the sending module does not follow the control 1ms transmission requirement, and includes: sending the sounding reference signal SRS on the first OFDM symbol after the LBT or CCA detection success time.
  • the sending module sends the sounding reference signal SRS, and further includes one of the following:
  • the sounding reference signal SRS is transmitted during the downlink transmission period.
  • the sending module is further configured to:
  • the user equipment stops transmitting the sounding reference signal SRS on the first predetermined time domain resource, after the first predetermined time domain resource of the unlicensed carrier Performing the LBT or CCA detection before the predetermined time domain resource, and transmitting the sounding reference signal on the second predetermined time domain resource if the LBT is successfully executed before the second predetermined time domain resource;
  • the user equipment When not using the right to use the unlicensed carrier, the user equipment stops transmitting the sounding reference signal SRS on the first predetermined time domain resource, and the time window for transmitting the sounding reference signal SRS on the unlicensed carrier Performing the LBT or CCA detection before the third predetermined time domain resource, and transmitting the sounding reference signal on the third predetermined time domain resource if the LBT is successfully executed before the third predetermined time domain resource ;or,
  • the user equipment stops transmitting the sounding reference signal SRS on the first predetermined time domain resource, and continues to compete for the use right of the unlicensed carrier on the unlicensed carrier.
  • a sounding reference signal is transmitted.
  • the location of the supplementary sending sounding reference signal SRS in the sending module includes:
  • first predetermined time domain resource Located before the first predetermined time domain resource, or after the first predetermined time domain resource, Or, including the first predetermined time domain resource.
  • the sending module includes:
  • the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH starts from the s+1 symbol; or,
  • the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH starts with an s1+1 symbol, where the s, s1, and k1 are positive integers.
  • the sending location of the sounding reference signal SRS in the sending module includes one of the following:
  • the first OFDM symbol of the subframe or,
  • the first OFDM symbol of the second half of the subframe or,
  • LBT or CCA detects the first OFDM symbol after the successful time
  • a time domain and/or a frequency domain location of the LBT or CCA detection, or a time domain and/or a frequency domain location of the transmitting the sounding reference signal in the sending module or the sending
  • the location of the sounding reference signal time window is sent in the module, or the candidate time domain and/or the frequency domain location of the sounding reference signal is sent in the sending module, or the PUSCH starting transmission time in the sending module is obtained by: :
  • the base station and the UE agree in advance; or,
  • the base station indicates to the UE; or,
  • Physical layer signaling notification such as DCI; or,
  • the adjusting module is configured to adjust the number of LBT failures that are performed by sending the SRS by the CW size of the LBT mechanism or the LBT mechanism that is sent by the sounding reference signal SRS, where the adjustment indication includes the eNB notifying the UE to adjust, or the UE adjusting itself.
  • Embodiment 1 is a diagrammatic representation of Embodiment 1:
  • the transmission device is a user transmission device UE.
  • First content a possible location for performing LBT or CCA detection by the user equipment UE and acquisition method content.
  • the user equipment UE performs a possible location of LBT or CCA detection, including at least one of the following:
  • the LBT or CCA is always located in the last k OFDM symbols in the previous subframe of the scheduling subframe;
  • the LBT or CCA is always located in the first s OFDM symbols in the scheduling subframe
  • the LBT or CCA is always located within the k1 OFDM symbols at the end of the previous subframe of the scheduling subframe and within the s1 OFDM symbols in the scheduling subframe; as shown in FIG.
  • the location of LBT or CCA detection or execution is not limited.
  • the location where the LBT is executed in the same downlink can be any time.
  • k, s, k1, s1 are all positive integers greater than or equal to and less than 12 or 14.
  • both k and s may be 1 or 2, and k1 and s1 are 1.
  • the user equipment UE obtains the LBT or CCA execution location by one of the following methods:
  • the base station and the UE agree in advance; or,
  • the base station indicates to the UE; or,
  • Physical layer signaling notification such as DCI; or,
  • Second content the transmission position of the sounding reference signal SRS and the content of the acquisition method.
  • the sounding reference signal SRS is transmitted on the last OFDM symbol in the periodic SRS subframe according to the provisions in the current protocol.
  • the sounding reference signal may also be considered to be transmitted at at least one of the following locations:
  • the first OFDM symbol in the subframe or,
  • the first OFDM symbol in the first half of the slot or,
  • the first OFDM symbol in the second half of the subframe or,
  • the guard interval GP in the special subframe is the guard interval GP in the special subframe.
  • the subframe may be an SRS subframe or a subframe in which the transmission device is scheduled.
  • the location in the SRS time window for transmitting the SRS subframe may be continuous in the time domain or may be discontinuous in the time domain.
  • the time domain may be equally spaced, or may be unequally spaced.
  • the location of transmitting the SRS subframe in the time window may be determined by at least one of the following parameters:
  • First offset in the time window continuous SRS subframe length, interval between SRS subframes (blocks), number of SRS subframes (blocks), time window length, end of SRS subframe or resource transmission in time window position.
  • the first offset in the time window refers to the interval between the start of the time window and the first subframe or resource in the time window in which the SRS can be transmitted.
  • the interval may be the number of subframes or OFDM symbols.
  • the location of the SRS in transmitting the SRS subframe and the location of the executed LBT may refer to the above-mentioned sounding reference signal position and the content in the LBT or CCA detection execution location.
  • the transmit SRS time window may be located after the periodic SRS and/or aperiodic SRS transmission location and/or the preset SRS transmission location, or before, or included.
  • the sending SRS time window is located after the periodic SRS and/or the aperiodic SRS sending position and/or the preset SRS sending position, or before, the starting point of the SRS time window is sent with the periodic SRS and/or the aperiodic
  • the interval between the SRS transmission location and/or the preset SRS transmission location is Two offsets.
  • the sending position of the sounding reference signal SRS or the sending SRS time window may be obtained by at least one of the following:
  • the base station and the UE agree in advance; or,
  • the base station indicates to the UE; or,
  • Physical layer signaling notifications such as DCI, or public DCI; or,
  • the LBT performed by transmitting the SRS signal may be In the uplink pilot time slot (for example, in the first symbol in the UpPTS), or part or all of the time in the GP, or part or all of the time and GP time in the downlink pilot time slot DwPTS, or downlink Part or all of the time and downlink pilot time slots DwPTS and GP time in the last few symbols in the subframe; and when the SRS is transmitted in the guard time slot GP, the LBT performed by transmitting the SRS signal may be in the protection time slot GP Part of the time (for example, the previous time in the GP), or part or all of the time and/or part of the GP time in the downlink pilot time slot DwPTS, or part of the symbols in the end of the downlink subframe Or all
  • Third content about the possible location of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH starting transmission and the content of the acquisition mode.
  • the possible start transmission time of the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH may be a subframe boundary, a slot boundary, and an OFDM symbol boundary.
  • the transmission of the PUSCH from the subframe boundary means that the transmission starts from the OFDM symbol 0 in the subframe.
  • the transmission of the PUSCH from the slot boundary refers to the transmission starting from OFDM symbol 0 and/or symbol 7 in the subframe.
  • the PUSCH starts from the symbol boundary and refers to the OFDM symbol 0 and/or 1 and/or from the subframe. Or 4 and / or 7 start transmission.
  • the user equipment may obtain the location information of the PUSCH start transmission time in one of the following manners:
  • the base station and the UE agree in advance; or,
  • the base station indicates to the UE; or,
  • Physical layer signaling notifications such as DCI, public DCI; or,
  • Embodiment 2 is a diagrammatic representation of Embodiment 1:
  • a method for transmitting, by the transmission device on the unlicensed carrier, the sounding reference signal SRS and the PUSCH multiplexing or simultaneous transmission is given.
  • the transmission device is a user transmission device UE.
  • the SRS and PUSCH multiplex transmission (ie, the SRS signal of the user equipment itself and its own PUSCH multiplex transmission) are introduced from three aspects:
  • the 1 PUSCH is transmitted starting from the subframe boundary.
  • the PUSCH always starts transmitting from symbol 0.
  • the transmission of the SRS may be as follows:
  • the PUSCH transmits its own PUSCH from the subframe boundary.
  • the SRS signal may not be directly transmitted by the LBT, and the location of the SRS transmission. To dispatch the last symbol in a subframe. That is, the last symbol in the PUSCH is destroyed for transmitting the SRS.
  • the transmission of the SRS signal and the user equipment scheduled in the next subframe perform the LBT or CCA position in the same OFDM symbol (ie, the last symbol in the subframe), and if only the SRS signal occupies the last symbol, the next sub- A UE scheduled in a frame cannot perform LBT or CCA. Conversely, if only the LBT or CCA occupies the last symbol, the UE cannot send the SRS signal. Therefore, the base station cannot perform uplink channel estimation.
  • the following solutions can be used:
  • Manner 1 The LBT or CCA detection location and the transmission SRS location coexist in the same symbol by frequency division.
  • the LBT or CCA detection location occupies the first frequency domain resource in the last symbol in the subframe.
  • the SRS signal occupies the second frequency domain resource in the last symbol in the subframe.
  • the first frequency domain resource and the second frequency domain resource may be consecutive in the frequency domain, or may be discrete in the frequency domain.
  • first time-frequency resource and the second frequency-domain resource may occupy the entire bandwidth, and may also occupy only a part of resources in the entire bandwidth.
  • the remaining part of the frequency domain resources may be vacant, or may also send a reserved signal or an occupied signal, or may also transmit a PUSCH.
  • the first frequency domain resource and the second frequency domain resource may be a RE level, a PRB level, a sub-band level, and an RBG level. Preferably, it is a RE level resource.
  • the LBT or CCA detecting the frequency domain resource pattern and/or the reserved signal frequency domain resource pattern may all adopt the frequency domain pattern of the sounding reference signal SRS, as shown in Embodiment 5.
  • Different LBT or CCA frequency domain patterns can also be configured for different cells under the carrier.
  • Cells with SRS signal resource multiplexing requirements may use the same LBT or CCA frequency domain pattern.
  • the UE sends the SRS sequence on the frequency domain with the subcarrier index of 0, 4, 8, or the like, or the subcarriers 2, 6, 10, or the like, or the 3, 7, and 11 resources (the current standard specifies that the SRS subcarrier spacing may be 3).
  • the patent is not limited to the standard, and a value greater than 3 may be used.
  • the different sequence lengths make the bandwidth occupied by the transmitted SRS signal different and the position is different.
  • the LBT/CCA detection pattern is shared between the same cell or the UE under the same carrier. For example, the LBT/CCA is performed on resources in the frequency domain with subcarrier indexes of 1, 5, and 9.
  • the CCA detection pattern may span the entire bandwidth or a part of the bandwidth, that is, different UEs may perform LBT/CCA detection on specific frequency domain resources in the full bandwidth, or corresponding to the corresponding SRS frequency domain resource set.
  • the LBT/CCA detection is performed at a location outside the frequency domain region, or if the SRS is fully allocated on the frequency domain resource on the last symbol, the frequency domain location at which other UEs perform LBT/CCA detection may be SRS over the entire bandwidth.
  • Remaining RB or RE outside the frequency domain resource ie, the largest SRS signal on the 20MHz bandwidth
  • Taking 96 PRBs the remaining RBs or REs on the entire bandwidth can be used for other UEs to perform LBT/CCA detection.
  • all or part of the remaining resources may be configured as a common LBT/CCA detection location or an alternate detection frequency domain location detected by the LBT/CCA).
  • the same LBT/CCA detection pattern can be configured between cells for interference-free measurement requirements, and different LBT/CCA detection patterns can be configured between cells with interference measurement requirements.
  • the frequency domain position at which the UE transmits the SRS signal should avoid the LBT/CCA detection frequency domain pattern position. That is, the base station and the UE may agree in advance, or the base station notifies the UE, or physical layer signaling notification, or high layer signaling (RRC or MAC) notification, or, in a predefined manner, determines that the user equipment UE performs LBT or CCA detection.
  • the frequency domain resource location so that the user obtains the SRS signal only on the SRS frequency domain resource set except the LBT or CCA detection frequency domain resources in the frequency domain.
  • Manner 2 Modify or adjust the position of the sounding reference signal SRS.
  • the SRS signal transmission location may be the first symbol in the scheduling subframe. This can well solve the problem that the SRS transmission location and the scheduled UE perform the LBT or CCA detection location collision in the next subframe.
  • the first OFDM symbol in the first half slot in the subframe, or the last OFDM symbol in the first half slot in the subframe, or the first one in the second half of the subframe may also be considered.
  • the OFDM symbol, or, is transmitted on the last OFDM symbol in the second half of the subframe.
  • triggering the user equipment to send the SRS signal on the above symbol can be obtained by one of the following methods:
  • the base station indicates to the UE, or the base station and the UE agree in advance, or, predefined, or physical layer signaling, such as DCI or public DCI, or higher layer RRC signaling.
  • the 2PUSCH starts transmission from the slot boundary.
  • the PUSCH always starts from symbol 0 or from symbol 7.
  • the PUSCH when the PUSCH can start from the symbol 0, it indicates that the UE has successfully contend for the unlicensed carrier before the start of the subframe (that is, the LBT is successfully executed). At this time, the location where the UE performs the LBT or CCA may be scheduled. The last one or more symbols of the sub-frame before the sub-frame, or any position before the start of the sub-frame boundary.
  • the transmission of the SRS signal can be transmitted at the last symbol of the scheduling subframe PUSCH without performing LBT.
  • the SRS signal is transmitted on the last symbol in the scheduling subframe, A resource collision occurs with the time domain location where the LBT or CCA is executed, but this problem can be solved by the LBT in the first frequency domain resource location, and the SRS signal is sent in the second frequency domain resource location.
  • the first frequency domain resource pattern of the LBT is executed, and the frequency domain resource pattern of the SRS may be adopted.
  • the first frequency domain resource and the second frequency domain resource may be RE level resource patterns.
  • it may also be the first OFDM symbol in the scheduling subframe; or, the first OFDM symbol in the first half slot in the scheduling subframe; or the last OFDM symbol in the first half slot in the scheduling subframe; or And scheduling the first OFDM symbol in the second half of the subframe; or scheduling the last OFDM symbol in the second half of the subframe;
  • the transmission of the SRS signal may also independently perform LBT or CCA detection, and the LBT execution position may be the last symbol of the subframe and/or the penultimate symbol in the subframe.
  • the LBT execution location and the SRS transmission The location is time-division. (ie, the user equipment transmits the PUSCH and the SRS transmitting itself independently performs LBT.)
  • the transmission position of the SRS signal and the location of the LBT or CCA performed by the transmitting SRS are both within the last symbol, the user equipment UE starts performing LBT at the last symbol.
  • the SRS signal (ie, the truncated SRS signal) is sent on the remaining time domain resources in one symbol after the success time, and the transmission position in the frequency domain avoids the frequency domain position in the next subframe in which the UE is scheduled to perform LBT or CCA detection.
  • the transmission location of the SRS signal and the location of the LBT or CCA performed by the transmitting SRS are both within the last one or two symbols, the user equipment UE starts performing LBT at the last symbol, and the first symbol (in the subframe after the successful moment)
  • the SRS signal is transmitted on the last symbol, and the transmission position in the frequency domain avoids the frequency domain position in the next subframe in which the UE is scheduled to perform LBT or CCA detection.
  • the PUSCH is sent on other frequency domain resources. If the user equipment UE performs the LBT success time without reaching the symbol boundary or the subframe boundary, the reservation signal is sent at the LBT success time to the space between the symbol boundary or the subframe boundary.
  • the reserved signal may also be an SRS signal.
  • the last symbol in the PUSCH and/or part of the resource in the penultimate symbol may be indicated by the base station to the UE, or the base station and the UE may agree in advance, or, predefined, or physical layer signaling, such as The DCI or the public DCI, or the higher layer RRC signaling is notified to the UE.
  • the UE successfully completes the LBT/CCA detection before scheduling the subframe, transmits the PUSCH on the first 12 OFDM symbols of the scheduling subframe, and transmits the PUSCH on the resources other than the spare LBT or CCA frequency domain resources in the 13th OFDM symbol.
  • the SRS signal is transmitted on resources outside the LBT/CCA frequency domain resources.
  • a partial occupancy signal, or a partial PUSCH, or vacant may also be transmitted.
  • the LBT/CCA frequency domain pattern and/or location on the penultimate OFDM symbol in the subframe may be the same as or different from the LBT/CCA frequency domain pattern and/or location on the last OFDM symbol.
  • the LBT/CCA performed on the penultimate OFDM symbol may be used by the UE that has transmitted the PUSCH to transmit its own SRS signal and/or the UE that does not transmit the PUSCH also transmits its own SRS signal and/or for other UEs to perform PUSCH subsequently.
  • the LBT/CCA on the last OFDM symbol may be used by the UE transmitting the PUSCH and/or SRS signal for LBT/CCA operation, or the UE not completing the LBT/CCA on the penultimate symbol to continue performing the LBT/CCA operation.
  • the entire frequency domain resource on the penultimate OFDM symbol is used to perform the LBT/CCA detection performed on the SRS signal, and the SRS signal is transmitted on the last symbol.
  • the LBT/CCA detection position and the SRS transmission position on the last OFDM symbol are in a frequency division manner.
  • the user equipment UE sends its own SRS signal to independently perform an LBT situation, and the user equipment may adopt a simplified LBT mechanism, for example, LBT Cat2, that is, the transmission device detects that the channel is busy and idle, and the channel continuous idle time is not less than When the CCA duration is long, it is considered that the right to use the unlicensed carrier is obtained.
  • the CCA duration may be composed of a fixed duration + n*slot, wherein the fixed duration may be 16 us, n may be an integer of 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, etc., and the slot is 9 us.
  • the LBT Cat4 (defer period+eCCA process) with a small contention window, wherein the maximum contention window may be an integer of 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and the like.
  • the random backoff value N may be 0, 1, 2, 3.
  • Defer period consists of a fixed duration + n * slot, where the fixed duration can be 16us or 0us or 9us, n can be 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and other integers, the slot is 9us.
  • the channel is busy during the slot time of the eCCA process, and may not enter the defer period or enter the defer period.
  • the PUSCH when the PUSCH can start from symbol 7, it indicates that the UE fails to compete for the use right of the unlicensed carrier before the start of the subframe (ie, LBT or CCA is unsuccessful), and at the next possible start of transmission time (symbol) 7) Completing the LBT before, competing for the right to use the unlicensed carrier.
  • the SRS signal may be transmitted on the first symbol of the second half slot, or the last symbol of the second half slot, or at least one of all symbols in the second half slot. Sending in the second half of the time slot
  • the PUSCH may be transmitted on the remaining symbols of the SRS signal, or the reserved signal (when the reserved signal is transmitted, it means that the PUSCH is to be transmitted from the next subframe boundary.
  • the UE may also be in the LBT.
  • the SRS signal is transmitted at the last symbol or the first symbol position of the first complete subframe after the success, and the collision problem with the LBT time domain resource can also be solved by the frequency division method described above.
  • a reservation signal is transmitted from the space between the LBT or CCA success time to the second half of the time slot boundary (start of symbol 7).
  • the reserved signal may be an SRS signal.
  • the 3PUSCH is transmitted starting from the symbol boundary.
  • the PUSCH is always transmitted from symbol 0, or from symbol 1, or from symbol 2, or from symbol 4, or from symbol 7.
  • the processing from symbol 0 or symbol 7 is the same as above.
  • only the LBT execution position and the transmission position of the SRS signal when the PUSCH starts from the symbol 1 or 4 are mentioned.
  • the uplink PUSCH starts from symbol 1, which means that the LBT or CCA detection location may be the last k1 OFDM symbols of the previous subframe of the scheduling subframe and the first s1 OFDM symbols in the scheduling subframe, or the LBT execution location is not limited.
  • the PUSCH start position may be uncertain, and may be the first complete symbol after the LBT success time, so that the SRS signal may be sent on the first part or the complete symbol after the LBT success time, or, The first symbol in the partial or complete subframe after the LBT success time, the last symbol, the last symbol in the first half slot, and the first symbol in the second half slot are transmitted. That is, the LBT execution position, the PUSCH starts transmission.
  • the relationship between the location and the SRS transmission location can be determined from each other).
  • the LBT success time is before the symbol 1 of the subframe.
  • the sending position of the SRS signal may still be the last symbol in the scheduling subframe, wherein the resource collision problem of the SRS and the LBT on the last symbol can still be solved by frequency division.
  • K1 and s1 are preferably 1.
  • the transmission position of the SRS signal may also be symbol 1, or the last symbol 6 in the first half slot, or the first symbol 7 in the second half subframe. Sending SRS at the positions of symbols 1, 6, and 7 can solve the resource collision problem of LBT and SRS on the same symbol.
  • the uplink PUSCH starts from symbol 3, which means that the LBT or CCA detection location may be the last k1 OFDM symbols of the previous subframe of the scheduling subframe and the first 3 OFDM symbols in the scheduling subframe, or, without limitation.
  • LBT execution position but LBT success time is the symbol of the subframe 3 before.
  • the sending position of the SRS signal may still be the last symbol in the scheduling subframe, wherein the resource collision problem of the SRS and the LBT on the last symbol can still be solved by frequency division.
  • the transmission position of the SRS signal may also be symbol 3 or 4, or the last symbol 6 in the first half slot, or the first symbol 7 in the second half subframe. Sending SRS at the 3, 4, 6, and 7 positions can solve the resource collision problem of LBT and SRS on the same symbol.
  • the PUSCH start transmission time, and/or the LBT execution location, and/or the SRS signal transmission location may be obtained by one of the following methods: the base station indicates to the UE, or the base station and the UE Prior agreement, or, predefined, or physical layer signaling, such as DCI or public DCI, or higher layer RRC signaling.
  • the uplink transmission is aligned with symbol boundaries, that is, the uplink of the unlicensed carrier supports partial subframe transmission.
  • the position angle is detected from the defined LBT/CCA.
  • the following are also included:
  • the time point at which the uplink may start to be transmitted is the s1 in the subframe. +1 OFDM symbols, assuming both k1 and s1 are 1.
  • the SRS signal may be transmitted at the s1 symbol position, or the last OFDM symbol position of the subframe, or the last OFDM symbol in the first half of the subframe.
  • the first symbol, or the SBT signal is transmitted on the first partial or complete OFDM symbol after the LBT/CCA success time.
  • k1 and s1 cannot be greater than 6 or 7. If the time domain location overlaps with the LBT/CCA detection time domain location, the corresponding SRS frequency domain location and the LBT/CCA frequency domain location coexist in the frequency division manner.
  • the SRS signal may also be transmitted on the first partial symbol after the LBT/CCA success time (ie, the truncated SRS) Signal), or, the first completed symbol is sent. Further, if the SRS signal still does not reach the regional boundary after the transmission is completed, the SRS signal may be repeatedly transmitted, or the occupation signal or the initial signal may be transmitted until the regulation The fixed symbol boundary begins to transmit.
  • the SRS signal may be transmitted on the first OFDM symbol of the scheduling subframe.
  • the reserved signal is filled in the space between the LBT/CCA success time and the last symbol boundary, or the signal, or the initial signal, or from the LBT/
  • the CCA succeeds in the blank space between the uplink start transmission time (eg, the second OFDM symbol of the subframe), sends a reserved signal or an initial signal or an occupied signal, and the SRS signal can be the first symbol at the beginning of transmission.
  • the reserved signal or the initial signal or the occupied signal sent by the UE that successfully performs the LBT may be only at a specific frequency. Sent on the domain location.
  • the reserved signal or the initial signal or the occupied signal may be an SRS signal, or a signal carrying the indication information, or a DMRS signal.
  • the specific frequency domain for transmitting the reserved signal or the initial signal or the occupied signal needs to avoid the location of the frequency domain resource corresponding to the LBT/CCA detection.
  • the UE may before the start of the transmission time s1+1 before the LBT/CCA success time
  • the blank portion transmits a partial SRS signal (truncated SRS signal), or transmits an occupied signal or a reserved signal at a space between the LBT/CCA success time and the start transmission time s1+1, and starts at the transmission time s1+ 1 (in this example, s1 is 1, that is, the SRS signal is transmitted on the second symbol of the subframe), the SRS signal is transmitted on the symbol, or the UE starts uplink transmission from the second OFDM symbol, and the SRS signal is in the sixth of the subframe. Or transmitting on 7 or 8 OFDM symbols, or transmitting the SRS signal on the last OFDM symbol (12th or 14th OFDM symbol) of the subframe;
  • the UE can start the transmission time s1+1 (in this example, s1 is 1) , that is, the SRS signal is transmitted on the second symbol of the subframe) the SRS signal is transmitted on the symbol, or the UE starts uplink transmission from the second OFDM symbol, and the SRS signal is on the 6th or 7th or 8th OFDM symbol of the subframe. Transmitting, or transmitting an SRS signal on the last OFDM symbol (12th or 14th OFDM symbol) of the subframe;
  • the processing manner is the same as above.
  • the SRS signal may be transmitted on the first part or the complete symbol after the LBT/CCA success time point, or to the LBT/CCA detection area at the LBT/CCA success time. Sending a reserved signal between the boundaries, transmitting the SRS signal on the first symbol after the LBT/CCA detection area, or transmitting the SRS signal at the last OFDM symbol position of the first half of the subframe or the second half of the subframe The first or last OFDM symbol position transmits an SRS signal.
  • the PUSCH may not be sent in the frequency domain corresponding to the time domain location of the SRS signal, or the frequency domain location for performing LBT/CCA by other UEs may be reserved in the same manner as above.
  • the PUSCH is transmitted on the specific frequency domain resource, and the frequency domain location where the other UE performs the LBT/CCA needs to be reserved. If the LBT/CCA is just completed at the end of the LBT subframe, the uplink start transmission time is the first OFDM symbol position of the subframe (ie, starting from symbol 0). At this time, the SRS signal may be transmitted on the first symbol of the subframe, or the last OFDM symbol of the first half slot of the subframe, or the first or last OFDM symbol of the second half slot of the subframe.
  • LBT/CCA detection position may be determined by at least one of a period, a CCA start position, a duration, and a CCA end position. Wherein, if the LBT/CCA position is on the same symbol as the SRS transmission position, the LBT/CCA detection frequency domain position and the SRS signal frequency domain position may be a frequency division manner. Alternatively, LBT/CCA and SRS can be time-divisional in the time domain.
  • the starting transmission time point is different according to the value of s, and s is a positive integer.
  • s is 1, 2, 3 . Therefore, the candidate start transmission time is symbol index 1 (symbol index starts from 0), symbol index 2, symbol index 3, or symbol index is 7, and may even be symbol 0 of the next subframe.
  • the location at which the SRS signal is transmitted may be the first symbol to start transmission, or the last OFDM symbol position in the first half slot in the subframe, or the second half slot in the subframe, depending on the candidate location of the starting transmission time.
  • the first or last OFDM symbol position, or the SRS signal may be transmitted from a LBT/CCA region boundary to a specific symbol or any symbol between the subframe boundaries, starting transmission from the symbol 0 of the subframe.
  • the reserved signal or occupied signal or initial signal of the blank transmission part or the completion symbol between the LBT/CCA success time and the defined LBT/CCA area boundary may be an SRS signal, or other information (useful or useless information).
  • the UE If the UE does not complete the LBT/CCA in the LBT/CCA defined area, the UE misses the point in time at which the transmission may start, and can only wait for the next LBT/CCA location to attempt channel detection again. If the LBT/CCA is completed, the position processing method of transmitting the SRS signal is the same as above. Conversely, continue to attempt channel access at the next LBT/CCA location. Alternatively, if the current LBT/CCA process meets certain conditions, the UE may be considered to complete the LBT/CCA process and obtain the use right of the unlicensed carrier. It can be transmitted in the manner of transmitting the position of the SRS signal in this embodiment, and the processing manner is the same as above.
  • the specific condition may be that the current random backoff value N is not greater than a preset threshold, or the last CCA detection channel is idle.
  • the preset threshold may be determined in advance by the base station and the UE, or predefined, or indicated by the base station, or physical layer signaling, or determined by the upper layer RRC signaling.
  • the LBT/CCA detection position angle is never limited. If the LBT/CCA detection location is not limited, the uplink start transmission time depends entirely on the LBT/CCA success time, or several possible uplink start transmission time points may be given, such as the symbols 0 and / in the subframe. Or 1 and / or 2 and / or 4 and / or 7. Thus, the transmission of the SRS signal can be sent on the first part or the complete symbol after the LBT/CCA success time, or if the LBT/CCA success time is earlier than the possible start of the transmission time point, the pre-send can be sent in the blank Leave a signal or occupy a signal or an initial signal. The occupied signal or the initial signal or the reserved signal may be an SRS signal.
  • the SRS signal may be transmitted on the first symbol or the last OFDM symbol in the first and/or second half slots in the first symbol after the start of the transmission time, or if LBT/ The CCA success time is later than the current start transmission time point, and the reservation transmission time point is earlier than the next candidate, and the reservation signal or occupancy may be sent in the blank space (the portion between the LBT success time and the possible start transmission time).
  • Signal or initial signal may be an SRS signal.
  • the SRS signal is transmitted on the first or last OFDM symbol in the half slot.
  • the UE continues the LBT/CCA detection until the non-authorized carrier is successfully contending, and the SRS signal can be transmitted according to the methods described above.
  • the UE is triggered to regenerate a new value of N that is smaller than the current random backoff value N, or the UE is triggered to perform a certain value based on the current value of N.
  • the decrementing operation of the numerical quantity (where the decremented value quantity must be no more than the current N value), or triggering the channel detection of performing a CCA duration length, for example, if the detection channel is idle, it can be considered that the unlicensed carrier usage right can be obtained, and the Uplink transmission or SRS signal transmission.
  • the above-mentioned operation for transmitting the SRS signal for the UE that successfully completes the LBT/CCA detection may be performed in the LBT/CCA detection area or the LBT/CCA time-frequency resource corresponding to the time domain location of the SRS signal. That is, other UEs try to perform channel access on a specific LBT/CCA time-frequency domain resource, or perform signal identification on an area time domain position in which a reserved signal is transmitted or perform an LBT/CCA detection attempt to perform channel access, thereby A UE that successfully completes the LBT/CCA may transmit its own SRS signal at the time domain location where the SRS signal may be transmitted.
  • the following examples illustrate how, for multi-subframe scheduling, how to multiplex and how to transmit respective SRS signals between UEs.
  • the position detected by the LBT or CCA is located at the last symbol of the previous subframe of the scheduling subframe, and the SRS signal transmission position is the last symbol in the subframe.
  • UE1 completes LBT/CCA detection and continuously occupies 4 subframes, UE1 transmits an SRS signal on the last symbol in the scheduling subframe.
  • the location where the SRS signal is transmitted on the last symbol in the UE1 scheduling subframe and the location for the other UE to perform the LBT or CCA may be used to solve the SRS transmission and the LBT or CCA detection resources on the same symbol by using the frequency division method provided in the embodiment. Collision problem.
  • the SRS transmission position is modified from the last symbol in the subframe to the first symbol in the subframe, or the frequency domain resource on the last symbol includes at least one of the following: a shared LBT/CCA frequency domain resource (as shown in the figure).
  • the ZP-SRS frequency domain pattern in 5 the SRS frequency domain resource (such as the NZP-SRS frequency domain pattern in FIG. 5), the blank idle resource, the PUSCH resource, and the reserved signal.
  • the frequency domain of the last symbol is composed of a frequency domain resource region for transmitting the SRS and a frequency domain resource region for performing LBT or CCA detection.
  • the remaining LBT/CCA frequency domain resources are allocated on the last OFDM symbol of the remaining 3 subframes, and the remaining frequency domain resources may transmit their own SRS signals, or reserved signals (the reserved signals may be SRS signals), Optionally, the remaining resources may send the PUSCH, and the purpose of transmitting the information on the remaining resources is to prevent other nodes from occupying the channel.
  • UE1 transmits its own SRS signal on the last symbol in the subsequent subframe, so that the frequency domain on the last symbol can be only the frequency domain resource region transmitting the SRS and the frequency domain performing LBT or CCA detection.
  • the composition of the resource area is allocated on the last OFDM symbol of the remaining 3 subframes, and the remaining frequency domain resources may transmit their own SRS signals, or reserved signals (the reserved signals may be SRS signals), Optionally, the remaining resources may send the PUSCH, and the purpose of transmitting the information on the remaining resources is to prevent other nodes from occupying the channel.
  • UE1 transmits its own SRS signal on the last symbol in the
  • the CCA detection is performed on the ZP-SRS frequency domain pattern on the last symbol of the first subframe transmitted by the UE1, and if the detection energy on the corresponding ZP-SRS frequency domain pattern is less than the preset CCA threshold A, the channel is considered to be the channel. idle.
  • the UE detects that the energy is greater than the threshold A and less than the preset threshold B in the entire frequency domain, the UE is considered to be reusable.
  • UE2 transmits its own SRS signal on the corresponding SRS resource (ie, resources other than LBT/CCA frequency domain resources) on the last symbol in the second subframe in the uplink subframe of the UE1 uplink transmission, and UE2 can only continuously UE1 multiplexes 3 subframe resources together. Similarly, the operation of UE2 on the last symbol in the next two subframes other than the subframe in which the SRS signal is transmitted is the same as UE1.
  • SRS resource ie, resources other than LBT/CCA frequency domain resources
  • UE2 may also perform LBT/CCA success in the last symbol in the first subframe of UE1, in the second subframe (second subframe for UE1, and first for UE2)
  • Embodiment 3 is a diagrammatic representation of Embodiment 3
  • a method for the user equipment on the unlicensed carrier to transmit the sounding reference signal SRS and the PUSCH multiplexing or simultaneous transmission of other user equipments is given.
  • the LBT or CCA execution location is within the last k symbols of the previous subframe of the scheduling subframe. For example, k is 1.
  • the PUSCH is transmitted on the scheduling subframe.
  • the UE in the scheduling subframe may need to transmit the SRS signal, or there may be no SRS to transmit.
  • another UE such as UE2 has a requirement to transmit an SRS signal, but there is no PUSCH transmission, and there are two processing methods:
  • Mode 1 UE2 performs LBT.
  • the SRS signal can be sent if the LBT is successful.
  • the location where UE2 performs LBT or CCA may be the location where UE1 performs LBT or CCA, that is, the last k symbols of the previous subframe of the scheduling subframe. If UE2 performs LBT success, UE2 may transmit its own SRS signal on the last symbol of UE1 transmitting the PUSCH subframe; here, it is assumed that UE1 performs LBT success at the LBT or CCA detection location. As shown in Figure 6.
  • the UE2 performs LBT success, and the location where the UE2 sends the SRS signal is the last symbol in the subframe, after the LBT success time, the blank padding reserved signal before the SRS transmission position (ie, in the subframe)
  • the reserved signal is transmitted on the first 11 or 13 symbols).
  • the reserved signal may also be an SRS signal.
  • UE2 sends its own SRS signal on the first symbol in the PU1 subframe that UE1 sends, that is, UE2 succeeds in LBT on the last k symbols of the previous subframe of the scheduling subframe, and then first in the scheduling subframe.
  • the SRS signal is transmitted on the symbols; the advantage of this is that UE2 can transmit the SRS signal immediately after performing the LBT successfully on the corresponding LBT or CCA area, without considering the need to transmit the SRS on the last symbol of the subframe.
  • the problem that the channel is snatched by the UE in a different system or a different operator before the SRS transmission location. As shown in Figure 7.
  • UE2 sends its own SRS signal on the last symbol in the first half of the PUSCH subframe in which UE1 transmits; at this time, optionally, after the LBT success time, the SRS signal is sent before the time domain position.
  • the area sends a reserved signal;
  • the UE2 sends its own SRS signal on the first symbol in the second half of the PUSCH subframe.
  • the SRS signal is sent.
  • the area before the domain location sends a reservation signal.
  • UE2 may transmit its own SRS signal in any subframe in the subsequent subframe, where the SRS signal is transmitted in the subframe (eg, the first symbol, or the last symbol, or the first half of the slot) The last symbol, or the first symbol in the second half of the time slot), or the base station indicates whether to transmit the SRS signal on each subframe.
  • the SRS signal is transmitted in the subframe (eg, the first symbol, or the last symbol, or the first half of the slot)
  • the last symbol, or the first symbol in the second half of the time slot) or the base station indicates whether to transmit the SRS signal on each subframe.
  • the location where the UE2 performs the LBT may be that the UE1 transmits the last symbol and/or the penultimate symbol in the PUSCH subframe. If it is the last symbol, the location where the UE 2 performs the LBT location and transmits the SRS is a time division manner. The frequency domain location of the SRS signal transmission and the frequency domain location of the scheduling UE performing the LBT in the next subframe are in a frequency division manner. As shown in Figure 8.
  • the second-to-last symbol only needs to be vacant or muting to silence the specific frequency domain resource (RE) of the LBT or CCA, and the remaining frequency domain resources.
  • the PUSCH is sent, which can reduce the waste of uplink resources.
  • the frequency domain position on which the LBT is performed on the last symbol may be the same as the LBT or CCA frequency domain position on the penultimate symbol, or may be different.
  • the frequency domain resource locations on the last two symbols that perform LBT or CCA are the same. If UE2 performs LBT success within the penultimate symbol in the scheduling subframe, then its own SRS signal is transmitted on the last symbol in the scheduling subframe. If the LBT succeeds not to reach the symbol boundary, the reserved signal may be sent, where the reserved signal may be an SRS signal. As shown in Figure 9.
  • the subframe position or the symbol position or the candidate subframe position of the SRS signal sent by the UE may be obtained by using one of the following methods: the SRS signal may be sent on consecutive or discrete subframes after the default LBT succeeds, or the base station indicates to the UE candidate The SRS signal may be sent on the subframe, or the base station may indicate that the SRS signal is sent to the UE on each subframe, or the SRS signal may be sent by default in the candidate subframe, but the base station indication is required to be specifically transmitted on the candidate subframe. Or a new signaling trigger.
  • the foregoing UE performs the LBT or CCA detection time domain and/or the frequency domain location, or the time domain and/or the frequency domain location of the SRS signal can be obtained by one of the following methods: the base station and the UE agree in advance, or Predefined, or, the base station indicates, or, physical layer DCI signaling, or higher layer RRC signaling.
  • the UE 2 can implement the LBT with a simplified LBT.
  • LBT Cat2 only performs one CCA duration, that is, as long as the detection channel idle time is not less than the CCA duration time, the use right of the unlicensed carrier can be obtained.
  • the CCA duration may be 16+n*slot, n may be a positive integer such as 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, etc., the slot is 9us, preferably n is 0 or 1 or 2;
  • the enhanced LBT may have a CCA detection starting point randomly located at any one of the preset times; or, a direct eCCA process (where, whether the detection channel is busy when entering defer peridod, or not entering defer peridod);
  • the maximum contention window may be one of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, etc., and it is also divided into whether the channel is in the defer period when the channel is busy, or does not enter the defer period.
  • the defer period is composed of 16+n*slot, preferably n is 0 or 1 or 2, and the slot is 9us.
  • Mode 2 UE2 does not need to perform LBT to directly send SRS.
  • the base station and the UE may predict or default which subframes the UE may transmit the SRS signal in advance.
  • the subframe in which the UE may send the SRS signal may not be occupied by the UE in the local cell or the UE in the same carrier. Therefore, the SRS base station sent by the UE does not receive or evaluate the channel misalignment; or the base station indicates, on each subframe, whether the UE can send the SRS, that is, the base station indicates that the current subframe of the UE is the same cell or the same carrier.
  • the UE may not perform one symbol of the LBT directly in the subframe (the first symbol, or the last symbol, or the last symbol in the first half slot, or the second half slot) Sending the SRS on the first symbol); or, using the base station and the UE to predict or default which subframes the UE can transmit the SRS signal, and determining the subframe in which the SRS is transmitted in combination with the signaling indication of the base station; or
  • the UE that has successfully occupied the channel between the cell or the same operator informs other UEs of the information about the interaction (such as the D2D technology), so that other UEs directly use the occupied UE without performing the LBT.
  • PUSCH resource itself SRS symbols transmitted; or, if the acquired inter-cell or with the same operator has successfully determined its SRS transmission channel occupied by blind detection mode.
  • the PUSCH starts transmission from the time slot or symbol boundary, and the PUSCH of UE1 and the SRS multiplex transmission mode of UE2 are handled as above.
  • the UE continues the LBT/CCA detection until the unlicensed carrier is successfully contending, transmits the PUSCH, and/or transmits the SRS signal.
  • the subframe to which the SRS signal is transmitted is one of one of the one or more subframes after the LBT success time, and the SRS transmission subframe or symbol may be determined according to the methods described above.
  • the UE is triggered to regenerate a new value of N that is smaller than the current random backoff value N, or the UE is triggered to perform the current value.
  • a certain amount of decrement operation (where the decremented value must be no greater than the current value of N), or triggering a channel detection of a CCA duration length, such as detecting that the channel is idle, then it can be considered that the unlicensed carrier usage right can be obtained.
  • Perform uplink transmission or SRS signal transmission (or, as long as the last CCA detection channel is idle, even if the LBT process cannot be completed at the time when the PUSCH starts transmitting, it can be considered that the unlicensed carrier usage right is acquired, and the uplink transmission or the SRS signal transmission can be performed.
  • This method is applicable to any embodiment of the present invention, or may solve the problem of improving the success probability of the UE access channel, thereby transmitting the PUSCH and the SRS. Or the case of PRACH.
  • the PUSCH involved removes which frequency domain resources in the symbol or symbol, or the SRS signal transmits the time domain and/or the frequency domain location, or the candidate SRS signal transmits the time domain and/or the frequency domain.
  • the location, or the symbol from which the PUSCH is transmitted, or the LBT or CCA detects the time domain and/or the frequency domain location, or the related indication information (including the indication that the UE does not need to perform the LBT transmission related message) can be obtained by The base station and the UE are scheduled in advance, or the base station indicates to the UE, or, predefined, or physical layer signaling, such as DCI or public DCI, or high layer RRC signaling notification.
  • Embodiment 4 is a diagrammatic representation of Embodiment 4:
  • a method for a user equipment to independently transmit a sounding reference signal SRS on an unlicensed carrier is presented.
  • the LBT/CCA needs to first obtain the right to use the unlicensed carrier.
  • the LBT/CCA needs to first obtain the right to use the unlicensed carrier.
  • For the uplink once the LBT/CCA is successfully executed, at least 1 ms is continuously transmitted.
  • the UE has no data to transmit (ie, no PUSCH transmission) or a small amount of data
  • the UE wants to transmit the SRS signal, and the SRS signal occupies only one OFDM symbol in the time domain, it still needs to meet the regulation of transmitting at least 1 ms. Claim.
  • the UE can meet the 1ms regulation requirement in one of the following ways:
  • a partial SRS signal (ie, a truncated SRS signal) may be transmitted on the first partial OFDM symbol after the LBT/CCA success time.
  • the UE may continuously transmit its own SRS signal within 1 ms after the LBT/CCA success time, or send a reserved signal (a full-bandwidth or partial bandwidth reserved signal may be transmitted) to occupy a 1 ms duration. As shown in Figure 10.
  • the UE successfully completing the LBT/CCA may send a reserved signal or its own SRS signal at a specific location in the frequency domain, where the LBT/CCA location shared by the same cell or the same operator. No signal is sent on.
  • the UE that successfully completes the LBT or the CCA transmits its own SRS on the SRS frequency domain resource area, and the reserved frequency domain resource (the frequency domain resource and the SRS frequency domain resource area are shared by frequency division). Full bandwidth or whole Some of the frequency domain resources in the bandwidth are used for LBT or CCA detection by other UEs.
  • the specific SRS or LBT, or the processing method of the reserved signal and the LBT operation on the same symbol can adopt the method in the fifth embodiment.
  • the reserved signal may be an SRS signal. If other UEs detect that the channel is idle at the reserved LBT/CCA location, the SRS signal may be sent on the first part or the completion symbol after the success of the LBT/CCA, and the frequency domain resource location of the other UE transmitting the SRS signal is Within the SRS frequency domain resource area. Other UEs, and so on, transmit their own SRS signals in the above manner. At this time, the 1 ms time is equivalent to the SRS subframe resource.
  • the UE1 transmits its own SRS signal on the resource between the LBT/CCA success time and the symbol boundary, and continues for 1 ms after the symbol boundary.
  • the corresponding frequency domain is the frequency domain resource corresponding to the frequency domain resource/reserved signal corresponding to the SRS signal transmitted by itself (the reserved signal may be an SRS signal), and the spare resources constitute the entire frequency domain resource.
  • all or part of the specific resources of the spare resources are reserved for LBT/CCA detection for other UEs.
  • the specific frequency domain resource for performing LBT/CCA is shared by the UE in the same cell or the UE in the same carrier.
  • the LBT or CCA frequency domain resource pattern may use a corresponding frequency domain pattern of the SRS signal.
  • UE2 detects that the channel is idle at the corresponding LBT/CCA time-frequency position, and may transmit its own SRS signal on the first part or the complete symbol after the LBT/CCA succeeds.
  • the reserved signal may be an SRS signal, and the time domain length of the UE transmitting the reserved signal may be at least one OFDM symbol length, and the longest may be 12 or 14 OFDM symbol durations.
  • the frequency domain resource location at which the UE 2 transmits its own SRS signal is a resource in the SRS frequency domain resource set.
  • the SRS signal is the last OFDM symbol or the last symbol or the last symbol or the second half of the last half slot in 1 ms after the LBT/CCA success time. Sent on the first symbol in the time slot or on any symbol within 1ms.
  • the second method differs from the first method in that, for the case where the LBT/CCA success time does not reach the symbol boundary condition, the reserved signal is filled in the space between the success time and the symbol boundary.
  • the multiplexed UE performs channel idle detection on an area corresponding to the frequency domain resource for performing LBT or CCA except the SRS frequency domain resource or the reserved signal frequency domain resource area. If the UE sends the reserved signal on the 1 ms residual symbol except the SRS signal time domain symbol, at this time, part or all of the frequency domain resources in the entire bandwidth in the entire 1 ms time are the frequency domain resource region in which the SRS is transmitted. / or reserved signal frequency domain resource area and LBT / CCA frequency domain resource area.
  • the UE transmits the SRS still transmitting its own on the 1 ms residual symbol except the SRS signal time domain symbol, at this time, part or all of the frequency domain resources in the entire bandwidth in the entire 1 ms time are the frequency domain resource region in which the SRS is transmitted. LBT/CCA frequency domain resource area composition.
  • the UE after successfully competing for the right to use the unlicensed carrier, the UE immediately transmits the SRS signal on the first symbol after the successful LBT, and transmits the reserved signal on the symbol after the SRS signal until the 1ms regulatory requirement is met.
  • the UE may also send the reserved signal after the LBT success time, and the SRS may be sent on the preset SRS transmission symbol, and the reserved signal may also be sent in the remaining 1 ms time domain.
  • the symbol position of the SRS signal may be indicated by the base station, or predefined, or the upper layer RRC signaling notification, or the physical layer signaling DCI notification.
  • the preset SRS transmission symbol position within 1 ms may be transmitted on the first symbol or the last symbol or the first symbol in the first half slot or the first symbol in the second half slot or on any symbol. As shown in Figure 12.
  • the UE may also not meet the 1ms regulation requirement, that is, the 1 ms regulation requirement is modified for the UE without the PUSCH but the SRS needs to be sent, and the SRS signal is sent as follows:
  • Manner 1 It is not limited to one UE1. Once the LBT/CCA is completed, it must occupy 1 ms duration continuously, and only occupy one or more OFDM symbols. After completing the LBT/CCA, the UE directly transmits its own SRS signal on the first part or the completed symbol. In addition, in the frequency domain corresponding to the time domain in which the SRS signal is transmitted, in addition to transmitting the SRS signal, the shared LBT/CCA frequency domain detection location needs to be reserved.
  • the SRS signal may be transmitted without the LBT, but by the SCS method, as long as the percentage of the total length of the transmitted symbol is within 5%.
  • the SRS signal can be transmitted at any location within the total duration or at a fixed or SRS periodic point. Among them, the SRS can occupy one or more symbol durations, and whether the percentage is satisfied depends on the total duration. For example, when the total duration is 1 ms, the SRS signal transmission duration may be less than and/or equal to 1 symbol length.
  • the UE may perform the LBT/CCA operation in a certain area, or may not be performed in a certain area.
  • the SRS may indicate the subframe in the SRS subframe or the base station or the subframe in which the SRS is transmitted by default or the last symbol on the scheduling subframe, or the first The symbol, or the last symbol of the first half of the time slot, or the first symbol of the second half of the time slot is transmitted, and the reserved signal is transmitted on the remaining symbols in the subframe, that is, the 1ms regulatory requirement is met.
  • the SRS may be the SRS subframe or the base station indication subframe or the default transmission of the SRS subframe or the last symbol on the scheduling subframe, or the first half The last symbol of the time slot, or the first symbol of the second half of the time slot is transmitted, and the reserved signal is transmitted on the remaining symbols in the subframe except for one symbol for performing LBT and one symbol for transmitting the SRS signal, that is, Meet the 1ms regulatory requirements. This can also be used in the case where the rest of the LBT position is defined and the LBT position is not limited.
  • Embodiment 5 is a diagrammatic representation of Embodiment 5:
  • a frequency domain pattern design method for LBT or CCA detection is given, and when the sounding reference signal SRS and the LBT are in the same OFDM symbol, between the frequency domain transmission resource of the SRS signal and the LBT frequency domain execution position Relationship.
  • the frequency domain pattern detected by the LBT or CCA may be a RE level pattern, or a PRB level pattern, or an RBG level pattern, or a subband level pattern.
  • the LBT or CCA frequency domain pattern uses a RE level pattern.
  • the LBT or CCA detection frequency domain pattern may adopt a ZP-CSI frequency domain pattern, or an SRS frequency domain pattern, or a resource pattern with a certain interval on some or all resources of the entire bandwidth, for example, an odd/even RE or
  • the PRB (or RE in the PRB) or the RBG (or the RE in the RBG) or the sub-band (or the RE in the sub-band) corresponds to a frequency domain resource pattern detected by the LBT or CCA.
  • the SRS frequency domain pattern will be used as an LBT or CCA detection pattern to illustrate the design of the pattern.
  • the current protocol stipulates that in the frequency domain, SRS transmission needs to cover the frequency concerned by the frequency domain scheduler. Segment, which can transmit a wideband SRS, and an SRS is sufficient to explore the entire frequency band of interest. It is also possible to measure channel quality in the entire bandwidth by transmitting multiple narrowband SRSs hopping in the frequency domain, that is, transmitting SRS only for one smaller frequency band at a certain time, and jumping to another at the next moment. A frequency band is detected, and so on, channel detection can be performed on the entire system bandwidth step by step.
  • the SRS signal is transmitted in a frequency domain pattern of one comb tooth according to every 1 or 3 subcarriers.
  • 13 is a SRS frequency domain pattern with a subcarrier spacing of 1
  • FIG. 14 is a SRS frequency domain pattern with a subcarrier spacing of 3.
  • the LBT or CCA frequency domain pattern can be transmitted using one of the frequency domain pattern sets using the SRS signal.
  • the LBT or CCA frequency domain pattern may be cell level or UE level.
  • the UE obtains or determines the LBT or CCA detection pattern by one of the following modes: high-layer RRC configuration, or physical layer signaling DCI notification, or the base station indicates to the UE, or the base station and the UE agree in advance, or definition. That is, by the above signaling or indication or agreement, the UE can determine which of the SRS frequency domain pattern sets the LBT or CCA detection pattern or pattern is to be executed.
  • Fig 14 assume the frequency domain pattern or performing LBT CCA detected in the UE for SRS frequency domain resource k TC corresponding to 0, the UE when performing LBT CCA or in a frequency domain corresponding to k TC 0 Resources.
  • the frequency domain location of the SRS signal sent by the UE is sent in the remaining SRS frequency domain resource set, for example, the k TC is transmitted on the frequency domain resource corresponding to 1, 2, and 3.
  • the SRS transmission may be sub-band or full bandwidth, here, since the LBT or CCA detection adopts the frequency domain pattern of the SRS signal, preferably, the SRS is transmitted with full bandwidth.
  • the LBT or CCA detection does not follow the SRS frequency domain pattern, or if the SRS signal is fully allocated in the entire bandwidth, since the full bandwidth transmission of the SRS signal occupies at most 96 PRBs, according to the 20 MHz bandwidth, the two ends of the frequency band are spared.
  • Four PRBs can also be used for LBT CCA testing.
  • the embodiment provides a method for transmitting an SRS signal.
  • the transmission of a real SRS signal or sequence can be performed in one of the following cases:
  • Case 1 During the transmission of the reservation signal by the base station eNB, the base station eNB or the user equipment UE transmits an SRS signal.
  • the base station For the downlink transmission starting from the subframe boundary (ie, the downlink transmission starts from the symbol index 0 in the subframe), if the base station performs the first listening and then the LBT mechanism/CCA (eg, LBT Cat4, or defer period+eCCA (competition window can Is the exponential change or fixed window), or, LBT Cat3, or LBT Cat2) successfully acquires the right to use the unlicensed carrier, and successfully completes the LBT/CCA time point before the subframe boundary, then the base station needs to be from the LBT during this period.
  • /CCA starts transmitting the occupied signal/initial signal/reserved signal until the subframe boundary.
  • the occupied signal/initial signal/reserved signal may be composed of at least one of uplink and/or downlink reference signals or channels such as CRS, PSS/SSS, and SRS.
  • the base station After successfully reclaiming the unlicensed carrier, the base station needs to send a reserved signal or the initial signal occupies the channel until the transmission time.
  • the base station may send the SRS signal at any or a fixed position during the transmission of the reserved signal or the initial signal, and the PDCCH and/or CRS or PSS/SSS or the useless signal or the indication signal or the reserved signal may be transmitted on other symbols, or
  • the SRS signal or sequence can be used as part or all of the occupied signal/initial signal/reserved signal for occupying the channel.
  • the detected base station may identify the occupied signal/initial signal/reserved signal content, or perform detection on a common LBT/CCA detection pattern during the reserved signal period to determine whether the channel is available or idle.
  • the frequency domain resource corresponding to the common LBT/CCA is a frequency between the frequency domain resources corresponding to the foregoing reserved signal (the reserved signal may include at least one of: PDCCH and/or CRS or PSS/SSS or SRS, etc.) The way of sharing coexistence.
  • the method for detecting the channel idle is that the channel energy detected on the frequency domain resource corresponding to the common LBT CCA pattern is less than the preset CCA detection threshold A (eg, -62 dBm), and the unlicensed carrier is considered to be available. And/or, further, the CCA detection threshold is increased to B, and the channel energy is detected on the frequency domain resource corresponding to the entire bandwidth or the occupied signal/initial signal/reserved signal to satisfy the improved CCA detection B, if the detection threshold is greater than the CCA detection threshold. A and less than the CCA detection threshold B, it is considered non- Authorized carriers can be reused.
  • the preset CCA detection threshold A eg, -62 dBm
  • the channel is unavailable.
  • the detected channel energy is greater than the preset CCA detection threshold A, the channel is considered unavailable.
  • the above reserved signal and the common CCA detection pattern may occupy the entire bandwidth by frequency division or may not occupy the entire bandwidth.
  • the UE is triggered to transmit the SRS signal based on the CRS or the PDCCH transmitted by the base station eNB.
  • the SRS signal may be transmitted on the first OFDM symbol after the UE detects the CRS or indication signal or PDCCH, or on the last OFDM symbol in the subframe, or transmitted at a predefined location.
  • the frequency domain may be sent on a resource other than the reserved signal sent by the base station, and further, the resource outside the reserved signal is sent on the resource except the public LBT/CCA location.
  • the downlink transmission starts from the slot boundary (the slot boundary where the downlink transmission may start is 0, 3, 4, 7), and the time when the base station completes the LBT/CCA is earlier than the first possible transmission.
  • the time to complete the LBT/CCA is later than the first possible transmission time point, and earlier than the next transmission time point, or the time to complete the LBT/CCA is later than the next possible transmission time point, and earlier than The next transmission time point or subframe boundary, etc.
  • the occupation signal/initial signal/reservation signal needs to be transmitted until the most recent possible transmission time point.
  • the base station side can use the SRS signal as the occupied signal/initial signal/reserved signal.
  • the SRS signal can only occupy all or part of the time domain and/or the frequency domain of the reserved signal.
  • the SRS signal may be transmitted at a specific location according to the corresponding CRS or PDCCH or PSS/SSS or indication information.
  • the specific location at which the SRS signal is transmitted may be predefined, or the first symbol after the corresponding trigger information is detected, or the last symbol in the subframe after the corresponding trigger information is detected, or the subframe The first or last symbol in the two slots.
  • the UE may be on the corresponding LBT/CCA detection pattern and/or resources outside the LBT/CCA resources or A condition for detecting whether a channel is available or idle over the entire bandwidth, and the method of detecting whether the channel is available or idle is the same as above.
  • the UE that satisfies the condition may transmit the SRS signal on the first OFDM symbol after the success of the LBT/CCA, or on the first or last symbol of the two slots in the subframe, or at a predefined location.
  • the UE may detect the corresponding frequency domain resource only in the LBT/CCA, or on resources other than the occupied signal/initial signal/reserved signal pattern, or The LBT/CCA detects and/or transmits resources other than the occupied signal/initial signal/reserved signal pattern.
  • a special case is downlink data-free (PDSCH) transmission.
  • the base station needs to transmit the occupied signal/initial signal/reserved signal until a certain time domain position (a certain time domain position may be the time point at which the uplink may start transmission (symbol 0, symbol 1) , symbol 4, at least one of the symbols 7), or, the upstream LBT/CCA detection area begins).
  • a certain time domain position may be the time point at which the uplink may start transmission (symbol 0, symbol 1) , symbol 4, at least one of the symbols 7), or, the upstream LBT/CCA detection area begins).
  • part or all of the occupied signal/initial signal/reserved signal transmitted by the base station may adopt an SRS sequence.
  • the SRS signal can be transmitted at a specific time domain location.
  • the specific time domain location is the first OFDM symbol in the subframe, or the periodic point of the fixed or transmitting SRS in the uplink, or the first or last symbol in the time slot, or the LBT succeeds.
  • the first partial or complete symbol after the moment, or the UL LBT is performed in the downlink subframe or the DwPTS then the SRS may be on the remaining part of the downlink or the complete symbol or a partial or complete symbol in the DwPTS or any of the GP or UpPTS Or transmitting on a fixed part or one or more complete symbols, or the UL LBT is performed in the GP, the SRS may be sent on any or a fixed one or more symbols in the remaining GP and/or UpPTS.
  • the UE may perform a simple LBT/CCA detection before starting the transmission, or may not perform the LBT/CCA detection.
  • Case 2 During the downlink transmission by the base station eNB, the base station eNB or the user equipment UE transmits an SRS signal.
  • the base station can be multiplexed for other base stations under the same carrier during the PDSCH transmission, and the base station transmitting the PDSCH reserves the base station for detection at a specific time-frequency domain location for LBT/CCA.
  • the specific time domain location may be predefined, or the upper layer RRC signaling notification, or the physical layer DCI notification is obtained.
  • the time domain resource location is preferably the last k symbols in the subframe, and k may be 1, 2, 3, and the like.
  • the entire frequency band may be in the frequency domain, or the entire frequency domain composed of a specific LBT/CCA frequency domain pattern + occupied signal/initial signal/reserved signal pattern, or a specific LBT/CCA frequency domain pattern + occupied signal/ Initial signal/reserved signal pattern + PDSCH consists of the entire frequency domain.
  • the occupied signal/initial signal/reserved signal pattern may be an SRS signal (sequence) or an SRS pattern.
  • the UE may perform LBT on the corresponding reserved LBT/CCA time domain location, and succeeds in or on the LBT/CCA corresponding frequency domain resource or resources other than the LBT/CCA corresponding frequency domain resource.
  • the frequency domain resource corresponding to the /CCA and the resource outside the resource of the reserved signal transmit their own SRS signal, or the SRS signal is transmitted at the specified symbol position.
  • the specified symbol may be the first one of the subframes in the downlink transmission period
  • the symbol, or, on the last symbol, or on the first or last symbol in the slot or in the subframe is predefined or any one of the symbols predetermined by the eNB and the UE. Only the resources of the SRS signal are reserved in the frequency domain, and the PDSCH can be sent on the remaining resources.
  • the UE sends the indication information (the indication information may be an initial signal or a reserved signal), and the UE receiving the indication information may be predefined, or , indicating the location specified by the information, or, at the SRS transmission cycle point, or transmitting the SRS signal on the first partial or complete symbol after receiving the indication information.
  • the indication information may be at least one of a CRS, a PSS/SSS, a PDCCH, an Offset (a subframe index number, and/or a symbol index number).
  • the base station side may complete the data transmission in the transmission burst, and may send the occupied signal/reserved signal, where the occupied signal/reserved signal may be an SRS signal or a sequence.
  • Case 3 During the DRS transmission by the base station eNB, the base station eNB or the user equipment UE transmits an SRS signal.
  • the SRS signal or sequence can also be transmitted on the vacant symbol of the DRS.
  • the composition of the DRS includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: a primary synchronization signal (PSS), a secondary synchronization signal (SSS), a cell-specific reference signal (CRS), a channel state information-reference signal (CSI-RS), a location. Reference signal (PRS).
  • PSS primary synchronization signal
  • SSS secondary synchronization signal
  • CRS cell-specific reference signal
  • CSI-RS channel state information-reference signal
  • PRS Physical Broadband Reference signal
  • the eNB may transmit an occupied signal or a reserved signal on the idle symbol, where the occupied signal or the reserved signal may be an SRS signal or a sequence.
  • the UE may send the SRS signal on the first idle resource after the DRS pattern location information, at a predefined location, or after detecting one of the DRS constituent signals, or according to a common LBT/CCA pattern detection, sending SRS on the first part or complete symbol after LBT/CCA success. If the signal after one of the DRS components is on the symbol after the LBT/CCA succeeds, the SRS may be sent on the free resource on the symbol. Conversely, it can be sent on any resource other than the vacant symbol, or on a resource other than the occupied signal or the reserved signal, or on the resources other than the occupied signal or the reserved signal and the LBT/CCA pattern.
  • the common LBT/CCA frequency domain resource is a part or all of resources other than at least one of the DRS constituent signals. Among them, on different symbols, because the frequency domain position or pattern of the constituent signals in the transmitted DRS is different, the common LBT/CCA detection pattern may be different in different patterns, or may be the same.
  • Case 4 The base station eNB, in the case that the downlink transmission is about to end, the base station eNB or user equipment
  • the UE transmits an SRS signal.
  • the UE detects that the downlink transmission ends, or the base station notifies the UE to transmit the burst end position, and the UE starts to execute the LBT after the downlink transmission is about to end or idle for at least one Gap duration (for example, 16us, 25u or 34us).
  • UEs that successfully perform LBT/CCA detection can send SRS signals.
  • the location at which the SRS signal is transmitted may be the first symbol after the successful LBT/CCA, the last symbol in the subframe, the first or last symbol in the first half frame, and the first or last symbol in the second half frame.
  • the UE does not perform the LBT/CCA detection to directly send the SRS signal on the first partial or complete symbol after the end of the downlink burst, or may be the first partial or complete symbol after the Gap, the first in the subframe. The last one, the first or last symbol in each time slot, the SRS signal is sent on the symbol of the SRS periodically.
  • the UE may directly send the SRS signal on the first symbol after the end symbol after the end of the eNB transmission to the end of the burst, or at the end
  • the SRS signal is sent on the first symbol after the last Gap duration of the symbol, or the UE can perform the execution of the LBT/CCA at the eNB end position, and the UE only needs to perform a CCA duration duration (eg, 25 us, or 34 us) to detect the channel.
  • the SRS signal can be sent on the first part or the complete symbol after the LBT/CCA success time.
  • the base station may notify the UE of the downlink transmission end position.
  • the UE may perform the LBT/CCA detection before the downlink transmission end position and before the signal transmission or the uplink transmission, and the UE that successfully performs the LBT/CCA detection may send the SRS signal. among them.
  • the position at which the SRS signal is transmitted may be the first symbol after the success of the LBT/CCA, the last symbol in the subframe (ie, the partial subframe), the last symbol in the first half of the subframe, and the first symbol in the second half of the subframe.
  • One or the last OFDM symbol, the first symbol in the first complete subframe after the partial subframe, the first or last symbol in the first half of the first complete subframe after the partial subframe, and the partial subframe The first or last symbol in the second half of the first complete subframe is transmitted, one of the most recent periodic points of the SRS signal.
  • the SRS signal may be directly transmitted without performing LBT/CCA detection.
  • the position at which the SRS signal is transmitted may be the first part or the complete symbol after the end of the downlink part of the subframe, the first one, the last one in the subframe, the first or last symbol in each time slot, periodicity
  • the SRS signal is transmitted on one of the symbols of the transmitted SRS.
  • the contention window size of the LBT mechanism performed by transmitting the SRS signal is adjusted, or the LBT mechanism is adjusted, and the LBT mechanism performed by transmitting the SRS signal and the PUCCH structure design for the uplink partial subframe are adjusted.
  • the first content the mechanism or parameter configuration that can be performed by the LBT performed by transmitting the SRS signal. That is, the LBT performed by the SRS signal transmission may be one of the following:
  • the CCA duration may be 16 us+n*slot duration, and n is an integer greater than or equal to 0.
  • n is 1, 2, 3, and the like.
  • the slot length is 9us. That is, the CCA duration can be 16us, or 25us, 34us, etc., and can be 9us, or 4us.
  • the enhanced LBT Cat2 differs from the LBT Cat2 in that the starting point for CCA detection can be randomly selected over a certain period of time. It is beneficial to the fairness of the competition access channel between asynchronous systems. For example, assuming that a certain time period is 10, which can be divided into 10 small segments, each small segment occupies 1, the transmission device 1 can use the starting point of the third short segment of the 10 small segments as the starting point of its own CCA detection, and the transmission device 2 can be fixedly configured.
  • the starting point of the 7th segment in the 10th segment is the starting point for the detection of CCA. That is, different transmission devices can randomly select the CCA detection starting point, and can also fixedly configure different starting positions.
  • the eCCA process is performed by N slot processes, and when the slot detects that the channel is busy, enters the defer period or does not enter the defer period.
  • N is a random backoff value, an integer randomly generated between [0, p], and an integer randomly generated between [CWmin, CWmax].
  • N may be indicated by the base station to the UE, or predefined.
  • N can be 1, 2, 3.
  • the maximum contention window CWmax can be a positive integer between [1, 63].
  • the specific eCCA process is:
  • Step 1 Generate a random backoff value N.
  • Step 2 Determine if the current N is greater than 0. If it is greater than 0, proceed to step 3. If it is equal to 0, it is considered that the unauthorized carrier usage right is obtained. At this time, if the UE has not performed slot detection yet, or does not enter the eCCA process, the random backoff value N needs to be reset, and the process proceeds to step 1.
  • Step 3 The transmission device detects whether the channel is idle in the slot. If the channel is idle, it proceeds to step 4. Or, if the channel is detected to be busy, enter the defer period, step 5, or Directly do not enter the defer period, and repeat step 3 directly.
  • Step 4 Perform an N value decrement by a certain number of value operations.
  • the certain number of values may be predefined, or indicated by the base station, or the base station and the UE agree in advance.
  • N N-1. Go to step 2.
  • Step 5 Detect whether the channel is idle in the defer period. If the evaluation channel is idle, proceed to step 4. If the detection channel is busy, repeat step 5.
  • Defer period+eCCA process The difference from the direct eCCA process is that the transmission device first performs a defer period, and if the detection channel is idle during the defer period, it enters the eCCA process.
  • the defer period is composed of 16 us + n * slot, and n is an integer greater than or equal to 0.
  • n is 0, 1, 2, 3, and the like.
  • the slot length is 9us.
  • the random backoff value N is an integer randomly generated between [0, p], and an integer randomly generated between [CWmin, CWmax].
  • N may be indicated by the base station to the UE, or predefined.
  • N can be 0, 1, 2, 3.
  • the maximum contention window CWmax can be a positive integer between [1, 63].
  • Step 1 Detect whether the channel is idle during the defer period. If it is detected that the channel is idle, the process proceeds to step 2, or it may be considered that the right to use the unlicensed carrier is acquired, and the transmission is started. If the detection channel is busy, repeat step 1.
  • Step 2 Generate a random backoff value N.
  • Step 3 Determine if the current N is greater than zero. If it is greater than 0, proceed to step 4. If it is equal to 0, it is considered that the unauthorized carrier usage right is obtained.
  • Step 4 Perform an N value decrement by a certain number of value operations.
  • the certain number of values may be predefined, or indicated by the base station, or the base station and the UE agree in advance.
  • N N-1.
  • Step 5 Determine whether the current N is equal to 0. If it is greater than 0, proceed to step 6. If it is equal to 0, it is considered that the unauthorized carrier usage right is obtained.
  • Step 6 The transmission device detects whether the channel is idle in the slot, and if the channel is idle, proceeds to step 3. Or, if it is detected that the channel is busy, enter the defer period, that is, step 1, or directly enter the defer period, and directly repeat step 6.
  • the second content adjusting the size of the competition window of the LBT mechanism executed by transmitting the SRS signal, or Adjust the LBT mechanism.
  • the competition window is 7. And so on, until the contention window has been adjusted to the minimum value or until the SRS transmission window ends or the maximum number of times the SRS signal can be transmitted, the UE still fails to acquire the unlicensed carrier and transmits the SRS signal, then stops executing the LBT until the next An SRS cycle point, or time window.
  • the mechanism for performing LBT can be adjusted according to the number of LBT failures. If LBT Cat4 (eg, defer period+eCCA process) is started, and the number of LBT failures is greater than the preset value, a random back-off mechanism such as LBT Cat2 can be used. Alternatively, if the LBT process cannot be completed before the SRS subframe position, if the current N value meets the preset threshold, or the last CCA detection is idle, the transmission device may be considered to acquire the use right of the unlicensed carrier.
  • LBT Cat4 eg, defer period+eCCA process
  • the preset threshold may be obtained by the base station, or predefined, or obtained by the base station and the UE in advance.
  • the third content PUCCH structure design in the uplink partial subframe.
  • the structure of the PUCCH can be modified in a frequency domain extension manner and a time domain compression manner.
  • the PUCCH occupies one PRB resource at each end of the frequency band, and for a partial subframe, the PUCCH frequency domain extension ratio is different according to the position of the partial subframe. For example, if starting from symbol index 7 (the symbol index in the subframe starts from 0), the PUCCH occupies 2 PRBs at both ends of the frequency domain. That is, the number of PRBs at both ends of the PUCCH occupied frequency domain may be 14/the number of remaining symbols in the subframe.
  • a partial subframe starts from the symbol index 11, and the PUCCH occupies 14/3 of the number of PRBs at both ends of the frequency greater than 4 or 5 PRBs.
  • the PUCCH is not transmitted on the symbol where the SRS is located. It is also possible that the SRS is transmitted only on frequency domain resources other than the frequency domain resources occupied by the PUCCH.
  • a new slot relationship is designed in a partial subframe, and Hopping is still present in the PUCCH on each new slot.
  • the PUSCH can be sent on the inter-resource, or the direct PUCCH occupies the entire bandwidth, or sends an occupation signal or a reserved signal or initial information.
  • a method of increasing or increasing the chances of transmitting an SRS signal is provided.
  • the SRS signal can be transmitted on a specific resource, where a specific resource can be periodically generated, or a non-periodic trigger occurs, or a resource that occurs in combination with a periodicity and a non-periodicity.
  • the SRS can be transmitted according to a preset fixed period and offset.
  • the premise of SRS signal transmission at the specific resource location is that the transmission device (eg, user equipment UE) must satisfy the LBT/CCA success condition before being able to transmit. That is to say, the transmission device (eg, user equipment UE) must compete for an unlicensed carrier before a specific resource location in order to transmit at a specific resource location.
  • the specific resource may be obtained by one of the following: a high-layer RRC signaling configuration, or a physical layer DCI configuration, or a base station and a UE agreed in advance, or the base station indicates to the UE, or is predefined.
  • the transmission device eg, the user equipment UE
  • the transmission device normally transmits the SRS on the current specific resource in the case of competing for the unlicensed carrier. If the transmitting device does not compete for an unlicensed carrier, then the SRS is stopped on the current specific resource and waits for the next specific resource. If the right to use the unlicensed carrier has not been contending before the next specific resource, the SRS is continuously stopped. or,
  • the transmitting device normally transmits the SRS on the current specific resource in the case of competing for the unlicensed carrier.
  • the SRS is stopped on the current specific resource, and after the non-authorized carrier is contending, the SRS is supplementally transmitted, and the location of the reissued SRS signal is not necessarily the specific SRS. Resources. That is, the transmission can be delayed, and this transmission method is actually an irregular transmission.
  • the SRS may also send the SRS signal in advance of the specific resource.
  • the specific resource is a subframe for transmitting an SRS, or an OFDM symbol.
  • the SRS signal is transmitted on the last symbol in the subframe, optionally also on the first symbol in the subframe or the first symbol in the first half slot or the first symbol in the second half slot.
  • the location of the supplementary SRS is determined according to the LBT success time, or is the candidate SRS resource location, which is the second time domain resource in the present invention.
  • Method 1 Shorten the SRS transmission period.
  • the current protocol stipulates that the UE transmission period on the authorized carrier is 2ms, 5ms, 10ms, 20ms, 40ms, 80ms, 160ms, 320ms.
  • the SRS transmission period of the cell-level configuration is 1 ms, 2 ms, 5 ms, and 10 ms for the FDD system, and 5 ms and 10 ms for the TDD system.
  • the configuration period of the SRS can be shortened.
  • the shortened period is 0.5 ms, and even the configuration can be smaller, as small as each OFDM symbol.
  • the SRS signal can be sent on, for example, an SRS subframe, that is, each symbol in the entire subframe can be used to transmit the SRS signal.
  • the SRS transmission period is 0.5ms, the probability of successfully transmitting the SRS signal within a certain period of time (for example, within 10ms) is greatly increased.
  • the shortened SRS transmission period may be a UE level or a cell level. Further, the shortened SRS period may be configured by a higher layer RRC, or a physical layer DCI configuration, or the base station and the UE agree in advance, or the base station indicates to the UE, or is predefined. In addition, the shortened SRS period may also be triggered according to the number of times the LBT failure is performed before the configured specific SRS resource.
  • Manner 2 Increase or increase the SRS signal transmission opportunity by designing the SRS transmission time window.
  • the SRS transmission time window may be located after the configured SRS resource, or before, or, the SRS transmission window may include the configured SRS resource.
  • candidate time domain resources for transmitting SRS in the SRS transmission time window may be continuous in the time domain or discontinuous in the time domain.
  • the first candidate SRS time domain resource in the SRS transmission time window is offset by an offset from the start of the time window. Preferably, the offset may be zero.
  • the SRS transmission time window may be periodically generated, that is, one or more SRS transmission time windows may exist in each transmission SRS period. If the transmission device does not compete at the SRS cycle time point For the unlicensed carrier resource, the non-authorized carrier may be sequentially tried before the candidate SRS resource location in the SRS transmission time window after the current SRS cycle time point before the next SRS cycle time point. If the transmitting device contends to the unlicensed carrier before the candidate SRS resource location in the time window, the SRS signal is transmitted on the first candidate SRS resource location after the LBT success time. At this time, the next transmission opportunity of the transmission device to transmit the SRS signal needs to wait until the next SRS cycle time point.
  • the SRS periodic point or the candidate SRS resource in the time window may be considered as the subframe position of the SRS, but the specific time domain position of the SRS signal is preferably the last symbol of the subframe, optionally, a sub-frame. The first symbol in the frame.
  • the location where the LBT/CCA is performed is preferably the last one or two symbols in the previous subframe of the candidate SRS resource location within the SRS periodic point or time window.
  • the LBT/CCA location may also be located in the first symbol of the subframe, or the first and last symbols in the subframe.
  • the periodic point here is the specific resource described in this embodiment, or is the first time domain resource described in the present invention.
  • the resource for transmitting the SRS in the SRS transmission time window is the third time domain resource described in the present invention.
  • Mode 3 Use the dual cycle to increase or increase the SRS signal transmission opportunity. For example, outside the preset long period, a short period is set to attempt to supplement the transmission of the SRS signal. If the SRS failure is transmitted at the periodic point of the preset long period, the SRS may continue to be attempted to be transmitted at the periodic point of the subsequent short period. If the SRS is successfully sent at the preset periodic period of the long period, the next SRS transmission opportunity needs to wait until the next preset long period period, that is, the periodic point at which the subsequent short period does not need to be performed.
  • the possible time points for SRS transmission are subframe 5 (ie, subframe index number is 5), subframe 25 (ie, subframe 5 in the first frame in the next 20 ms period), subframe 45, and the like.
  • the SRS signal is transmitted only on the last OFDM symbol in the above subframe, that is, the SRS continues to be 1 OFDM symbol (about 71 us) in the time domain (i.e., only one SRS opportunity is transmitted in one cycle).
  • the SRS can be transmitted at the above periodic point is completely dependent on the LBT/CCA detection result of the UE on the unlicensed carrier. For example, if the UE contends to the unlicensed carrier before the above subframe 5, the SRS signal is transmitted on the subframe 5. And if the UE fails to compete for the unlicensed carrier on the subframe 5, the transmission of the SRS signal on the subframe 5 is stopped. And continue to try to compete for the use rights of the unlicensed carrier at the next periodic point (for example, subframe 25). If the LBT failure is still performed, the UE cannot perform the SRS signal transmission on the subframe 25, and can only wait until the next opportunity to compete. The SRS can only be sent when the sub-frame 45 resource is available.
  • the SRS signal is sent on the last symbol in the subframe, that is, if the LBT is successfully executed before any one of the subframe 5, or the subframe 25, or the subframe 45, then after the LBT succeeds Sent at the first cycle point.
  • the SRS signal may be at the first symbol on the periodic point (eg, the periodic point is the subframe position), and/or the last symbol, and/or the first of the pre and/or second half slots And / or the last symbol.
  • the position at which the LBT is performed is preferably the last k symbols of the pre-subframe in which the SRS signal is transmitted, where k may be 1, 2.
  • the CCA detection position may not be limited, as long as the LBT is successfully executed before the configured SRS transmission position.
  • the reserved signal or the initial signal or the occupation signal is transmitted from the LBT success time to the space before the SRS transmission subframe.
  • the reserved signal or the initial signal or the occupied signal may be sent on some resources in the entire bandwidth, and some resources may be composed of RB or RE or RBG or sub-band level resources with equal intervals and/or unequal intervals over the entire bandwidth.
  • a shorter SRS transmission period can be designed.
  • the SRS transmission period can be 10 ms, 5 ms, 2 ms, 1 ms, or 0.5 ms, and the SRS signal can be transmitted even for each OFDM symbol in the subframe.
  • an SRS transmission time window is designed. As shown in FIG. 15, the SRS transmission time window is located after the current SRS cycle point and before the next SRS cycle point.
  • the SRS is transmitted on the subframe 5, and the next SRS opportunity is sent to the subframe 25 (the subframe 25 here) Refers to a subframe with a subframe index of 5 in the second frame in the next period, and assumes The subframes in each radio frame are sequentially arranged). If the UE does not contend for the unlicensed carrier on subframe 5, the LBT/CCA detection UE continues to attempt to transmit the SRS before the candidate SRS resource location in the time window after subframe 5.
  • the time window length may be preset, or the eNB and the UE agree in advance, or the physical layer DCI notification, or the high layer RRC notification. Further, the starting point of the time window may or may not be continuous with the SRS cycle point in the time domain. The start of the time window for the discontinuous SRS transmission can be determined by the offset between the SRS cycle point and the start of the time window. Further, the candidate locations for the UE to transmit the SRS in the time window may be continuous or discrete. The location of the SRS in the time window may be determined by one of the following parameters: an offset within the time window, a number of SRS durations to be transmitted, and an interval between SRS durations.
  • the SRS duration is one or more subframe lengths, wherein the SRS signal occupies only one OFDM symbol length in the SRS duration subframe.
  • the UE may send the SRS on the candidate resource location by performing LBT/CCA success before the location of the candidate SRS is preset in the time window.
  • a schematic diagram of a specific SRS transmission time window is shown in FIG. 16 , that is, a schematic diagram of multiple consecutive SRS transmission opportunity points in the SRS transmission time window.
  • the UE may try to contend for the unlicensed carrier at multiple consecutive SRS opportunities in the configuration time, as long as the LBT is executed before any one of the consecutive multiple SRS opportunities. If successful, the SRS signal can be sent at the SRS opportunity point.
  • the SRS transmission time domain position in the time window is located in the last OFDM symbol on the SRS opportunity point (in the subframe), and the LBT position performed by transmitting the SRS signal is the last k symbols in the previous subframe, where Preferably, k is 1 or 2.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram showing discrete SRS transmission opportunity points in the SRS transmission time window.
  • the offset 1 in FIG. 17 can preferably be configured as 0, and the offset 2 can also be configured as 0.
  • each OFDM symbol position in the time window may also be used to transmit the SRS signal, and the LBT position performed by transmitting the SRS signal is located in one or more symbols before the SRS signal, and may also be the first one after the LBT success time.
  • the symbol is the position at which the SRS signal is transmitted.
  • a method of combining the short period and the long period of transmitting the SRS can be designed, as shown in FIG. 18.
  • the long period is 20ms and the short period is 5ms.
  • the SRS signal is transmitted at the SRS periodic point in the long period.
  • the next SRS transmission opportunity is the SRS cycle point in the next long period, such as subframe 25. If the UE does not compete for the transmission SRS opportunity point in the long period, it may try to compete for the unlicensed carrier on the SRS opportunity point (eg, subframe 10, subframe 15, subframe 20) in a short period (eg, 5 ms period).
  • the next transmission opportunity of the SRS is a periodic point corresponding to the long period, such as the subframe 25. If the unlicensed carrier is not contending, the unlicensed carrier may be attempted in the subsequent subframe 15 and the subframe 20 in sequence, thereby transmitting the SRS signal.
  • the SRS signal may also be sent by a non-periodic DCI trigger.
  • the UE needs to be sent after the LBT/CCA is successfully executed.
  • the UE can directly transmit the SRS signal in the SRS trigger or the periodic or preset position without considering the LBT/CCA, that is, the short control signaling SCS is used for sending.
  • the method in this embodiment may be utilized, such as adding an SRS transmission time window after the non-periodically triggered SRS resource location, or The SRS signal is attempted to be transmitted at a resource location that periodically transmits the SRS. Whether or not the SRS signal can be transmitted at the resource location where the SRS may be transmitted depends on the LBT/CCA result performed before these possible SRS resource locations. If the LBT/CCA is successful, the SRS signal is sent on the first possible SRS resource location after the LBT is successful.
  • the transmission device may continue to perform LBT detection until the LBT successfully competes to use the unlicensed carrier, and then immediately sends the SRS signal.
  • the SRS signal transmission position is located on the first part or the complete symbol after the LBT success time or the first or last symbol in the first time slot, or in the first subframe The first symbol, or the last symbol, or the last symbol in the subframe in which the LBT success time is located, or the first or last symbol on the first and/or second half slots in the first subframe send.
  • the LBT failure is performed before the periodic SRS position, and the unlicensed carrier is attempted to re-compete before the SRS transmission position determined by the aperiodic trigger is used. If the unlicensed carrier is successfully contending, the non-periodically triggered SRS position is sent. SRS. on the contrary, If the LBT failure is performed, the LBT may continue to be attempted to execute before the candidate SRS resource.
  • the candidate SRS resource may be a resource corresponding to the shortened SRS period, and/or a dual-cycle corresponding SRS resource, or a resource for SRS transmission in the SRS transmission time window.
  • the location of the SRS signal transmission may be determined according to the LBT or CCA success time or the LBT or CCA location.
  • a method of determining an SRS signal for transmission based on an LBT success location is provided. The method is based on the uncertainty of transmitting the SRS signal on the unlicensed carrier, and provides the location of the SRS signal transmission based on the LBT success time.
  • the LBT/CCA detection location performed for transmitting the SRS signal and/or the PUSCH may be one of: scheduling the last k OFDM symbols in the previous subframe of the subframe; or scheduling the former in the subframe Within s OFDM symbols; or, the k1 OFDM symbols at the end of the previous subframe of the subframe and the s1 OFDM symbols in the scheduling subframe, or the k4 symbols before the symbol where the SRS signal is transmitted, or, Time-division mode within the same symbol as the SRS signal.
  • k and s and k4 are 1 or 2, and k1 and s1 are 1.
  • the LBT/CCA success time to the space between the subframe in which the SRS signal is transmitted or the start of the scheduling subframe may transmit a partial and/or complete reserved signal or an initial signal or an occupied signal, while the subframe or the scheduler in which the SRS signal is transmitted is transmitted.
  • the PUSCH is transmitted on the frame, and the PUSCH is not transmitted on the last symbol of the subframe, and the SRS signal is transmitted.
  • the frequency domain location of the SRS signal transmission should avoid the shared CCA detection frequency domain resource location. That is, the frequency domain transmission position of the SRS signal and the shared CCA detection frequency domain location coexist in the frequency division manner.
  • the reserved signal or the initial signal or the occupied signal may be full bandwidth transmission, or only transmitted on a specific RE or PRB or RBG or subband in the frequency domain, and part of the remaining frequency domain resources over the entire bandwidth. Or all resources do not send any signal, and are used for LBT/CCA detection by other UEs (UEs in the same cell or UEs under the same carrier).
  • the reserved signal may be an SRS signal.
  • the PUSCH is transmitted on the subframe in which the SRS signal is transmitted, in the sub-frame.
  • the PUSCH is not transmitted on the last symbol of the frame, but the SRS signal is transmitted. Further, the PUSCH may not be sent on the vacant part RE of the penultimate or third symbol in the subframe, where the spare part RE is used by the UE or other UE to send the respective SRS signal on the last symbol. . If the UE fails to perform LBT at the LBT/CCA detection location, the SRS signal cannot be transmitted on the current SRS subframe.
  • the UE may be in the SRS subframe. Send your own SRS signal on the last symbol. Since the UE fails to complete the LBT process at the corresponding LBT/CCA detection position, a simplified LBT, such as LBT Cat2, or LBT, can be performed on the vacant portion RE of the penultimate or third symbol in the SRS subframe.
  • a simplified LBT such as LBT Cat2, or LBT
  • the SRS may be transmitted on the last symbol in the SRS subframe, the first symbol in the subframe, and/or the first symbol in the first half slot, and/or the first half slot.
  • the PUSCH is not transmitted in the corresponding SRS transmission position in the subframe, and accordingly, if the LBT performed by the UE to transmit the PUSCH and the SRS is independent, the SRS signal transmission position may be the first one or more before the SRS transmission position in the foregoing subframe. Executed on the symbol.
  • the specific SRS transmission location may determine one or more of the candidate symbol locations according to the value of k.
  • the SRS signal transmission position may be at the s1 symbol.
  • the reserved signal or the initial signal or the occupied signal is transmitted.
  • the transmission mode of the reserved signal and the SRS independent execution LBT mode and the location are similar to the above-mentioned processing method.
  • the specific SRS transmission location may determine one or more of the candidate symbol locations based on the values of k1 and/or s1.
  • the SRS signal may be the first symbol after the s symbol, and/or the last symbol in the time slot in which s is located, and/or the time slot in which s is located. The first symbol and/or the last symbol position of the time slot.
  • the specific SRS transmission location may determine one or more of the candidate symbol locations according to the value of s.
  • the SRS is normally transmitted at the position where the SRS is transmitted. If the LBT/CCA is not at the k4 symbol boundary before the success time, the reserved signal needs to be sent. Other processing methods are the same as those described in the above cases.
  • the specific SRS transmission location may determine one or more of the candidate symbol locations according to the value of k4.
  • a partial SRS signal (ie, a truncated SRS signal) may be transmitted on the remaining symbols.
  • the same symbol may be a symbol described in the LBT/CCA position, or a symbol in which the above SRS signal is located.
  • the SRS signal is transmitted on the first symbol after the LBT/CCA success time, and/or the last symbol in the subframe in which the LBT/CCA success time is located, And/or the first symbol and/or the last symbol in the subframe or the next subframe in which the LBT/CCA success time is successful and/or the first and/or the first half of the first half slot and/or the second half slot and/or The SRS signal is transmitted on the last symbol.
  • the LBT/CCA detection position performed by transmitting the SRS signal is not limited, and the transmission position of the SRS signal is completely dependent on the LBT/CCA success time. That is, the first part or complete symbol of the user equipment after the LBT/CCA success time, and/or the last symbol in the subframe where the LBT/CCA success time is located, and/or the subframe where the LBT/CCA success time is located.
  • the SRS signal is transmitted on the first symbol and/or the last symbol in the next subframe and/or the first and/or last symbol in the first half slot and/or the second half slot.
  • the location at which the SRS signal is transmitted may not be the configured periodic SRS location, or the candidate SRS transmission location provided in the embodiment, such as the candidate SRS resource location in the SRS transmission time window, or the shortened periodic SRS location. Or, the SRS position corresponding to the two cycles, and the like.
  • modules or steps of the present invention may be Implemented in a general-purpose computing device, which may be centralized on a single computing device or distributed across a network of computing devices, optionally, they may be implemented by program code executable by the computing device, such that They may be stored in a storage device by a computing device, and in some cases, the steps shown or described may be performed in an order different than that herein, or separately fabricated into individual integrated circuit modules. Alternatively, multiple modules or steps of them can be implemented as a single integrated circuit module. Thus, the invention is not limited to any specific combination of hardware and software.
  • the method and device for transmitting a sounding reference signal relate to the field of wireless communications, and the method includes: detecting, according to the LBT or the idle channel, the CCA, the right to use the competitive unlicensed carrier; When the usage right of the unlicensed carrier is described, the sounding reference signal SRS is transmitted on the unlicensed carrier.
  • the SRS signal transmission method when the SRS and the PUSCH are transmitted simultaneously or at different times and in the uplink partial subframe is provided, and more SRS transmission opportunities are provided at the same time.
  • the SRS sequence is used as the occupation signal, thereby simplifying the design of the occupied signal.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Power Engineering (AREA)
  • Quality & Reliability (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本文公布了一种探测参考信号的发送方法和装置，涉及无线通信领域，所述方法包括：根据先听后说LBT或空闲信道评估CCA检测竞争非授权载波的使用权；当成功竞争到所述非授权载波的使用权时，在所述非授权载波上发送探测参考信号SRS。提供了SRS和PUSCH同时或不同时传输以及上行部分子帧时的SRS信号发送方法、同时提供更多的SRS发送机会。而对于下行传输中采用SRS序列作为占用信号，从而简化了占用信号的设计。

Description

一种探测参考信号的发送方法和装置 技术领域
本发明实施例涉及无线通信领域，具体涉及一种探测参考信号的发送方法和装置。
背景技术
随着数据业务的快速增长，授权频谱的载波上承受的数据传输压力也越来越大，因此，通过非授权频谱的载波来分担授权载波中的数据流量成为后续长期演进(Long Term Evolution，LTE)发展的一个重要的演进方向。
非授权频谱具有的特征是：非授权频谱不需要购买，频谱资源零成本，具有免费/低费用的特征；个人、企业都可以参与部署，设备商的设备可以任意部署，具有准入要求低，成本低的特征；非授权频谱中的5GHz、2.4GHz等频段都可以使用，具有可用带宽大的特征；非授权载波具有共享资源的特征，即多个不同***都在其中运营时或者同一***的不同运营商在其中运营时，可以考虑一些共享资源的方式提高频谱利用效率，等等。
LTE***的Rel-13版本于2014年9月份开始立项研究，其中一项重要的研究议题就是LTE***使用非授权频谱的载波工作。这项技术将使得LTE***能够使用目前存在的非授权频谱的载波，大大提升LTE***的潜在频谱资源，使得LTE***能够获得更低的频谱成本。
在LTE***中，探测参考信号是上行的一个基本的功能，演进基站eNodeB(简化为eNB)使用探测参考信号(Sounding Reference Signal，SRS)来估计不同频段的上行信道质量。演进基站eNodeB的调度器可以根据上行信道状态估计，将瞬时信道状态好的哪些RB(Resource Block，资源块)分配给UE(User Equipment，用户设备)进行上行物理上行共享信道(Physical Uplink Shared Channel，PUSCH)传输。此外，SRS还可以用于固定上行timing(定时)，且在假设下行/上行信道互易的情况下，利用信道对称性来估计下行信道质量，特别在时分双工(Time Division Duplex，TDD)***中。
而对于授权协助接入(Licensed Assisted Access，LAA)***，同样也有LTE***中发送SRS信号的需求。但基于LAA***自身特性，在使用非授 权载波进行传输之前，首先必须按照管制要求执行先听后说(Listen Before Talk，LBT)机制获取到非授权载波的使用权。同理，UE在非授权载波上进行SRS发送之前，同样需要先执行先听后说LBT机制。如果非授权载波被允许使用，则需要考虑下面几个问题：
一、SRS和PUSCH同时传输情况，如何发送SRS信号；
二、SRS和PUSCH不同时传输情况，如何发送SRS信号；
三、对于LAA下行，eNodeB如何发送SRS序列；
四、多个UE之间，如何进行复用资源发送SRS信号；
五、对于上行部分子帧情况，UE如何发送SRS信号。
如果非授权载波未被允许使用，则需要考虑下述问题：在UE执行LBT失败后，如何增加UE发送SRS信号的机会问题。
如果上述问题不能很好的解决，则直接影响非授权载波中上行传输定时，以及不能保证基站的上行频率选择性调度(将信道状况较好的资源分配给上行链路传输)、调制与编码测量(Modulation and Coding Scheme，简称为MCS)的确定等。
发明内容
以下是对本文详细描述的主题的概述。本概述并非是为了限制权利要求的保护范围。
本发明实施例为了解决非授权载波上的发送探测参考信号SRS的技术问题，提出了一种探测参考信号的发送方法和装置，实现了SRS和PUSCH同时或不同时传输以及上行部分子帧时的SRS信号发送方法、同时提供更多的SRS发送机会。
为了实现上述发明目的，本发明实施例提供了一种探测参考信号的发送方法，应用于第一通信节点，包括：
根据先听后说LBT或空闲信道评估CCA检测竞争非授权载波的使用权；
当成功竞争到所述非授权载波的使用权时，在所述非授权载波上发送探测参考信号SRS和/或物理上行共享信道PUSCH。
可选地，当在所述非授权载波上发送SRS时，所述探测参考信号SRS的发送位置包括：时间单元中的特定符号。
可选地，所述时间单元包括以下至少之一：子帧；时隙。
可选地，所述时间单元为子帧或时隙时，所述特定符号包括以下至少之一：
第一个正交频分复用OFDM符号；最后一个OFDM符号；
可选地，所述探测参考信号SRS的发送位置，包括：发送SRS的时间窗。
可选地，所述发送SRS的时间窗位于：所述时间单元之前，或者，所述时间单元之后，或者，包含所述时间单元。
可选地，所述时间窗内发送SRS的位置由以下至少之一参数确定：
时间窗内偏移量，发送SRS持续时间SRS duration数目，SRS duration间间隔，时间窗时长，时间窗内发送SRS duration的结束位置。
可选地，所述SRS duration包括以下至少之一：一个子帧；多个子帧；一个时隙；多个时隙。
可选地，所述SRS信号在SRS的时间窗中SRS duration中的至少一个符号上发送。
可选地，发送SRS信号的位置通过以下方式之一确定：
先听后说LBT成功时刻确定；
基站通过物理层DCI信令指示；
基站通过物理层DCI信令指示在连续的多个子帧上发送SRS的位置；
基站在每个子帧上指示SRS信号的发送；
默认在候选的子帧上可以发送SRS信号，但具体在候选哪个子帧上发送需要基站发送信令指示或者触发。
可选地，当在所述非授权载波上发送SRS时，所述探测参考信号SRS的发送位置包括：
特殊子帧中的上行导频时隙；和/或，特殊子帧中的保护间隔GP。
可选地，当在所述非授权载波上发送SRS时，所述探测参考信号SRS的发送位置包括：
基站发送预留信号期间。
可选地，所述预留信号期间，包括：基站执行CCA或LBT成功至开始进行下行传输的时间单元。
可选地，当在所述非授权载波上发送SRS时，所述探测参考信号SRS的发送位置包括：下行传输期内。
可选地，所述在所述下行传输期内发送SRS的子帧位置，由以下至少之一方式确定：基站通过物理层DCI信令指示；预定义；基站和UE事先约定。
可选地，当在所述非授权载波上发送SRS时，所述探测参考信号SRS的发送位置包括：发现参考信号DRS传输期间。
可选地，所述探测参考信号SRS在DRS传输期内发送包括：在DRS子帧中空余的符号上发送。
可选地，所述空余符号位置包括以下至少之一：
第13个符号，第14个符号，根据DRS图样确定的空置符号位置中至少之一。
可选地，当在所述非授权载波上发送SRS时，所述探测参考信号SRS的发送位置包括：下行传输结束之后的末尾部分子帧。
可选地，所述在下行传输结束之后的末尾部分子帧上发送SRS信号的符号位置，由基站通过物理层DCI信令指示，或者，根据LBT或CCA成功时刻确定，或，预定义。
可选地，当在所述非授权载波上发送PUSCH时，所述物理上行共享信道PUSCH的起始位置包括：
所述上行物理共享信道PUSCH的起始位置为时间单元上的特定符号。
可选地，所述时间单元包括以下至少之一：子帧，时隙，符号。
可选地，所述特定符号包括以下至少之一：符号0，符号1，符号4，符号7。
可选地，所述物理上行共享信道PUSCH的起始位置还包括：
上行物理共享信道PUSCH传输时刻完全取决于LBT或CCA成功时刻。
可选地，所述LBT或所述CCA检测执行的位置包括以下之一：
LBT或CCA检测的位置限制在预定区域；或者，
LBT或CCA检测的位置不受限制。
可选地，当所述LBT或CCA检测位置限制在预定区域时，所述LBT或所述CCA检测执行的位置包括以下之一：
子帧或调度子帧的前一子帧中的末尾k个OFDM符号；
子帧或调度子帧中的前s个OFDM符号；
子帧或调度子帧的前一子帧中末尾的k1个OFDM符号和子帧或调度子帧中的前s1个OFDM符号；
其中，k，s，k1，s1为正整数。
可选地，所述参数k和所述参数s均为1或2，所述参数k1和所述参数s1均为1。
可选地，当在子帧或调度子帧的前一子帧中的末尾一个OFDM符号上执行LBT或CCA成功时，包括：
在子帧或调度子帧上发送物理上行共享信道PUSCH和探测参考信号SRS。
可选地，所述物理上行共享信道PUSCH开始传输时刻包括：调度子帧中的第一个OFDM符号。
可选地，所述探测参考信号SRS发送的位置包括：调度子帧中的最后一个OFDM符号。
可选地，当探测参考信号SRS发送位置和下个子帧中执行LBT或CCA检测位置在同一个OFDM符号时，包括：
探测参考信号SRS的发送和下个子帧中执行LBT或CCA检测位置按照频分方式共存。
可选地，所述探测参考信号SRS发送的频域位置包括：整个带宽上预定 子载波间隔对应的频域资源。
可选地，所述预定子载波间隔包括：子载波间隔为1；或者，子载波间隔为3。
可选地，所述LBT或CCA检测位置为所述探测参考信号SRS频域位置集合中之一。
可选地，所述方法还包括：修改探测参考信号发送位置。
可选地，探测参考信号的发送位置包括：子帧中的第一个OFDM符号；或者，子帧中前半时隙的最后一个OFDM符号；或者，子帧中后半时隙的第一个OFDM符号。
可选地，当在调度子帧的前一子帧中的末尾一个OFDM符号上执行LBT或CCA成功之后，还包括：
第一用户设备或第一用户设备组在调度子帧上发送物理上行共享信道PUSCH；第二用户设备或第二用户设备组在调度子帧上或候选子帧中最后一个符号上发送探测参考信号SRS；
或者，
第一用户设备或第一用户设备组在调度子帧或候选子帧上发送物理上行共享信道PUSCH，第二用户设备或第二用户设备组和第一用户设备或第一用户设备组中至少之一在子帧的最后一个符号上发送探测参考信号SRS。
可选地，当在调度子帧的前一子帧中的末尾一个符号上执行LBT或CCA成功之后，还包括：
第一用户设备或第一用户设备组在调度子帧上发送物理上行共享信道PUSCH；第二用户设备或第二用户设备组在调度子帧上或候选子帧中第一个符号上发送探测参考信号SRS；
或者，
第一用户设备或第一用户设备组在调度子帧或候选子帧上发送物理上行共享信道PUSCH，第二用户设备或第二用户设备组和第一用户设备或第一用户设备组中至少之一在子帧的第一个符号上发送探测参考信号SRS。
可选地，所述第二用户设备或第二用户设备组在发送探测参考信号SRS之前，还包括：LBT或CCA成功时刻之后到发送探测参考信号位置之间的空白处发送预留信号。
可选地，所述第二用户设备或第二用户设备组在发送探测参考信号SRS之前，还包括：执行LBT或CCA检测；或者，不执行LBT或CCA检测。
可选地，所述第二用户设备或第二用户设备组发送探测参考信号SRS执行LBT或CCA检测的位置，包括：探测参考信号位置之前的一个OFDM符号。
可选地，第二用户设备或第二用户设备组发送探测参考信号SRS所执行LBT或CCA检测执行简化的LBT机制或参数配置。
可选地，所述第二用户设备或第二用户设备组发送探测参考信号SRS不执行LBT或CCA操作，通过以下之一确定：
根据基站的指示确定候选的子帧上发送SRS信号；或者，
根据基站在每个子帧上指示确定是否发送SRS信号；或者，
默认在候选的子帧上发送SRS信号，且根据基站指示或者新的信令触发确定发送SRS信号所使用的子帧。
可选地，所述探测参考信号SRS独立发送时，包括：按照管制1ms要求；或者，不按照管制1ms要求。
可选地，当执行LBT或CCA检测成功后，按照所述管制1ms传输要求时，包括：在预定的时域位置发送探测参考信号SRS，其余时域资源发送预留信号。
可选地，所述预定的时域位置包括以下之一：子帧的最后一个OFDM符号；或者，子帧的第一个OFDM符号；或者，子帧中前半时隙的最后一个OFDM符号；或者，子帧中后半时隙的第一个OFDM符号；或者，LBT或CCA检测成功时刻后的第一个OFDM符号。
可选地，所述预留信号为探测参考信号SRS。
可选地，当执行LBT或CCA检测成功后，不按照所述管制1ms传输要求时，包括：在LBT或CCA检测成功时刻后的第一个OFDM符号上发送探 测参考信号SRS。
可选地，当第一通信节点为基站时，发送探测参考信号SRS，还包括以下之一：
在发现参考信号DRS时域图样组成中的空闲符号上发送探测参考信号SRS；
在发送初始信号或预留信号阶段发送探测参考信号SRS；
在下行传输期发送探测参考信号SRS。
可选地，所述方法还包括：
当未竞争到所述非授权载波的使用权时，在所述第一预定时域资源上停止发送探测参考信号SRS，在所述非授权载波的所述第一预定时域资源之后的第二预定时域资源前执行所述LBT或CCA检测，并在所述第二预定时域资源前执行LBT成功的情况下，在所述第二预定时域资源上发送探测参考信号；或者，
当未竞争到所述非授权载波的使用权时，在所述第一预定时域资源上停止发送探测参考信号SRS，在所述非授权载波上用于发送探测参考信号SRS的时间窗内所述的第三预定时域资源前执行所述LBT或CCA检测，并在所述第三预定时域资源前执行LBT成功的情况下，在所述第三预定时域资源上发送探测参考信号；或者，
当未竞争到所述非授权载波的使用权时，在所述第一预定时域资源上停止发送探测参考信号SRS，在所述非授权载波上继续竞争非授权载波的使用权，在竞争到非授权载波的情况下，发送探测参考信号。
可选地，所述补充发送探测参考信号SRS的位置，包括：
位于所述第一预定时域资源之前，或者，所述第一预定时域资源之后，或者，包含所述第一预定时域资源。
可选地，当在子帧或调度子帧中的前s个OFDM符号内或者，子帧或调度子帧的前一子帧中末尾的k1个OFDM符号和子帧或调度子帧中的s1个OFDM符号内执行LBT或CCA成功时，包括：
物理上行共享信道PUSCH从s+1符号开始；或者，
物理上行共享信道PUSCH从s1+1符号开始，其中，所述s、s1、k1为正整数。
可选地，所述探测参考信号SRS的发送位置包括以下之一：
子帧的最后一个OFDM符号；或者，
子帧的第一个OFDM符号；或者，
子帧中前半时隙的最后一个OFDM符号；或者，
子帧中后半时隙的第一个OFDM符号；或者，
LBT或CCA检测成功时刻后的第一个OFDM符号；或者，
PUSCH开始传输的第一个OFDM符号。
可选地，所述执行LBT或CCA检测的时域和/或频域位置，或者，所述发送探测参考信号的时域和/或频域位置，或者，所述发送探测参考信号时间窗的位置，或者，发送探测参考信号的候选时域和/或频域位置，或者，PUSCH开始传输时刻通过以下方式获取：
基站和UE事先约定好；或者，
基站指示给UE；或者，
物理层信令通知，如DCI；或者，
高层RRC信令通知，或者，
预定义。
可选地，调整发送探测参考信号SRS所执行的LBT机制或LBT机制的CW大小通过发送SRS所执行LBT失败的次数，其中，调整指示包括eNB通知UE调整，或者，UE自己调整。
本发明实施例还提供了一种探测参考信号的发送装置，设置于第一通信节点，包括：
竞争模块，设置为根据先听后说LBT或空闲信道评估CCA检测竞争非授权载波的使用权；
发送模块，设置为当成功竞争到所述非授权载波的使用权时，在所述非授权载波上发送探测参考信号SRS和/或物理上行共享信道PUSCH。
可选地，当在所述非授权载波上发送SRS时，所述探测参考信号SRS的发送位置包括：时间单元中的特定符号；
当在所述非授权载波上发送SRS时，所述探测参考信号SRS的发送位置还包括：发送SRS的时间窗；
当在所述非授权载波上发送SRS时，所述探测参考信号SRS的发送位置包括：特殊子帧中的上行导频时隙；和/或，特殊子帧中的保护间隔GP；
当在所述非授权载波上发送SRS时，所述探测参考信号SRS的发送位置包括：基站发送预留信号期间；
当在所述非授权载波上发送SRS时，所述探测参考信号SRS的发送位置包括：下行传输期内；
当在所述非授权载波上发送SRS时，所述探测参考信号SRS的发送位置包括：发现参考信号DRS传输期间；
当在所述非授权载波上发送SRS时，所述探测参考信号SRS的发送位置包括：下行传输结束之后的末尾部分子帧；
当在所述非授权载波上发送PUSCH时，所述物理上行共享信道PUSCH的起始位置包括：所述上行物理共享信道PUSCH的起始位置为时间单元上的特定符号；
当在所述非授权载波上发送PUSCH时，所述物理上行共享信道PUSCH的起始位置还包括：上行物理共享信道PUSCH传输时刻完全取决于LBT或CCA成功时刻。
可选地，所述装置还包括：调整模块，设置为修改探测参考信号发送位置。
可选地，当所述竞争模块在调度子帧的前一子帧中的末尾一个OFDM符号上执行LBT或CCA成功之后，所述发送模块还用于：
第一用户设备或第一用户设备组在调度子帧上发送物理上行共享信道PUSCH；第二用户设备或第二用户设备组在调度子帧上或候选子帧中最后一个符号上发送探测参考信号SRS；
或者，
第一用户设备或第一用户设备组在调度子帧或候选子帧上发送物理上行共享信道PUSCH，第二用户设备或第二用户设备组和第一用户设备或第一用户设备组中至少之一在子帧的第一个符号上发送探测参考信号SRS。
可选地，当所述竞争模块在调度子帧的前一子帧中的末尾一个符号上执行LBT或CCA成功之后，所述发送模块还用于：
第一用户设备或第一用户设备组在调度子帧上发送物理上行共享信道PUSCH；第二用户设备或第二用户设备组在调度子帧上或候选子帧中第一个符号上发送探测参考信号SRS；
或者，
第一用户设备或第一用户设备组在调度子帧或候选子帧上发送物理上行共享信道PUSCH，第二用户设备或第二用户设备组和第一用户设备或第一用户设备组中至少之一在子帧的第一个符号上发送探测参考信号SRS。
可选地，当所述第一通信节点为基站时，所述发送模块发送探测参考信号SRS，还包括以下之一：
在发现参考信号DRS时域图样组成中的空闲符号上发送探测参考信号SRS；
在发送初始信号或预留信号阶段发送探测参考信号SRS；
在下行传输期发送探测参考信号SRS。
可选地，所述发送模块还设置为：
当未竞争到所述非授权载波的使用权时，在所述第一预定时域资源上停止发送探测参考信号SRS，在所述非授权载波的所述第一预定时域资源之后的第二预定时域资源前执行所述LBT或CCA检测，并在所述第二预定时域资源前执行LBT成功的情况下，在所述第二预定时域资源上发送探测参考信号；或者，
当未竞争到所述非授权载波的使用权时，在所述第一预定时域资源上停止发送探测参考信号SRS，在所述非授权载波上用于补充发送探测参考信号SRS的时间窗内所述的第三预定时域资源前执行所述LBT或CCA检测，并在所述第三预定时域资源前执行LBT成功的情况下，在所述第三预定时域资 源上发送探测参考信号；或者，
当未竞争到所述非授权载波的使用权时，在所述第一预定时域资源上停止发送探测参考信号SRS，在所述非授权载波上继续竞争非授权载波的使用权，在竞争到非授权载波的情况下，补充发送探测参考信号。
可选地，所述调整模块，设置为调整发送探测参考信号SRS所执行的LBT机制或LBT机制的CW大小通过发送SRS所执行LBT失败的次数，其中，调整指示包括eNB通知UE调整，或者，UE自己调整。
之外，本发明实施例还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质，存储有计算机可执行指令，所述计算机可执行指令用于执行上述任一项的探测参考信号的发送方法。
本发明实施例和现有技术相比，具有如下有益效果：
本发明实施例的方法和装置提供了SRS和PUSCH同时或不同时传输以及上行部分子帧时的SRS信号发送方法、同时提供更多的SRS发送机会。而对于下行传输中采用SRS序列作为占用信号，从而简化了占用信号的设计。
本发明实施例的其它特征和优点将在随后的说明书中阐述，并且，部分地从说明书中变得显而易见，或者通过实施本发明而了解。本发明的目的和其他优点可通过在说明书、权利要求书以及附图中所特别指出的结构来实现和获得。
在阅读并理解了附图和详细描述后，可以明白其他方面。
附图概述
此处所说明的附图用来提供对本发明的进一步理解，构成本申请的一部分，本发明的示意性实施例及其说明用于解释本发明，并不构成对本发明的不当限定。在附图中：
图1为本发明实施例提供一种探测参考信号的发送方法的流程图；
图2为本发明实施例提供一种探测参考信号的发送装置的结构示意图；
图3为本发明实施例提供的一种LBT或CCA执行位置位于调度子帧中 的前s个OFDM符号内的示意图；
图4为本发明实施例提供的一种LBT或CCA执行位置位于调度子帧的前一子帧中末尾的k1个OFDM符号和调度子帧中的s1个OFDM符号内的示意图；
图5为本发明实施例提供的一种多子帧调度情况多用户复用和发送各自SRS的示意图；
图6为本发明实施例提供的一种SRS与其他用户设备的PUSCH复用传输的第一示意图；
图7为本发明实施例提供的一种SRS与其他用户设备的PUSCH复用传输的第二示意图；
图8为本发明实施例提供的一种SRS与其他用户设备的PUSCH复用传输的第三示意图；
图9为本发明实施例提供的一种SRS与其他用户设备的PUSCH复用传输的第四示意图；
图10为本发明实施例提供的一种用户设备独立发送探测参考信号SRS的第一示意图；
图11为本发明实施例提供的一种用户设备独立发送探测参考信号SRS的第二示意图；
图12为本发明实施例提供的一种用户设备独立发送探测参考信号SRS的第三示意图；
图13为本发明实施例提供的一种子载波间隔为1的SRS频域图样的示意图；
图14为本发明实施例提供的一种子载波间隔为3的SRS频域图样的示意图；
图15为本发明实施例提供的一种SRS发送时间窗位于当前SRS周期点之后，下一个SRS周期点之前的示意图；
图16为本发明实施例提供的一种SRS发送时间窗内具有连续的多个 SRS发送机会点示意图；
图17为本发明实施例提供的一种SRS发送时间窗内具有离散的多个SRS发送机会点示意图；
图18为本发明实施例提供的一种采用短周期和长周期结合的方式发送SRS的示意图。
本发明的较佳实施方式
下文中将参考附图并结合实施例来详细说明本发明。需要说明的是，在不冲突的情况下，本申请中的实施例及实施例中的特征可以相互组合。
需要说明的是，本发明的说明书和权利要求书及上述附图中的术语“第一”、“第二”等是用于区别类似的对象，而不必用于描述特定的顺序或先后次序。
如图1所示，本发明实施例提供一种探测参考信号的发送方法，应用于第一通信节点，包括：
步骤101、根据先听后说LBT或空闲信道评估CCA检测竞争非授权载波的使用权；
步骤102、当成功竞争到所述非授权载波的使用权时，在所述非授权载波上发送探测参考信号SRS和/或物理上行共享信道PUSCH。
可选地，当在所述非授权载波上发送SRS时，所述探测参考信号SRS的发送位置包括：时间单元中的特定符号。
其中，所述时间单元包括以下至少之一：子帧；时隙。
其中，所述时间单元为子帧或时隙时，所述特定符号包括以下至少之一：
第一个正交频分复用OFDM符号；最后一个OFDM符号；
可选地，所述探测参考信号SRS的发送位置还包括：发送SRS的时间窗。
其中，所述发送SRS的时间窗位于：所述时间单元之前，或者，所述时间单元之后，或者，包含所述时间单元。
其中，所述时间窗内发送SRS的位置由以下至少之一参数确定：
时间窗内偏移量，发送SRS持续时间SRS duration数目，SRS duration间间隔，时间窗时长，时间窗内发送SRS duration的结束位置。
其中，所述SRS duration包括以下至少之一：一个子帧；多个子帧；一个时隙；多个时隙。
其中，所述SRS信号在SRS的时间窗中SRS duration中的至少一个符号上发送。
其中，发送SRS信号的位置通过以下方式之一确定：
先听后说LBT成功时刻确定；
基站通过物理层DCI信令指示；
基站通过物理层DCI信令指示在连续的多个子帧上发送SRS的位置；
基站在每个子帧上指示SRS信号的发送；
默认在候选的子帧上可以发送SRS信号，但具体在候选哪个子帧上发送需要基站发送信令指示或者触发。
可选地，当在所述非授权载波上发送SRS时，所述探测参考信号SRS的发送位置包括：
特殊子帧中的上行导频时隙；和/或，特殊子帧中的保护间隔GP。
可选地，当在所述非授权载波上发送SRS时，所述探测参考信号SRS的发送位置包括：基站发送预留信号期间。
其中，所述预留信号期间，包括：基站执行CCA或LBT成功至开始进行下行传输的时间单元。
可选地，当在所述非授权载波上发送SRS时，所述探测参考信号SRS的发送位置包括：下行传输期内。
其中，所述在所述下行传输期内发送SRS的子帧位置，由以下至少之一方式确定：基站通过物理层DCI信令指示；预定义；基站和UE事先约定。
可选地，当在所述非授权载波上发送SRS时，所述探测参考信号SRS的发送位置包括：发现参考信号DRS传输期间。
其中，所述探测参考信号SRS在DRS传输期内发送包括：在DRS子帧 中空余的符号上发送。
其中，所述空余符号位置包括以下至少之一：
第13个符号，第14个符号，根据DRS图样确定的空置符号位置中至少之一。
可选地，当在所述非授权载波上发送SRS时，所述探测参考信号SRS的发送位置包括：下行传输结束之后的末尾部分子帧。
其中，所述在下行传输结束之后的末尾部分子帧上发送SRS信号的符号位置，由基站通过物理层DCI信令指示，或者，根据LBT或CCA成功时刻确定，或，预定义。
可选地，当在所述非授权载波上发送PUSCH时，所述物理上行共享信道PUSCH的起始位置包括：
所述上行物理共享信道PUSCH的起始位置为时间单元上的特定符号。
其中，所述时间单元包括以下至少之一：子帧，时隙，符号。
其中，所述特定符号包括以下至少之一：符号0，符号1，符号4，符号7。
其中，所述物理上行共享信道PUSCH的起始位置还包括：
上行物理共享信道PUSCH传输时刻完全取决于LBT或CCA成功时刻。
发送探测参考信号SRS包括以下之一：
在所述非授权载波上所述探测参考信号SRS与传输物理上行共享信道PUSCH同时传输；
在所述非授权载波上所述探测参考信号SRS与其他用户设备的物理上行共享信道PUSCH同时传输；
在所述非授权载波上独立传输所述探测参考信号SRS。
发送探测参考信号SRS的方式包括：
在所述非授权载波上周期性发送和/或非周期性触发发送所述探测参考信号SRS。
其中，LBT或CCA检测执行的位置包括以下之一：
LBT或CCA检测的位置限制在预定区域；或者，
LBT或CCA检测的位置不受限制。
当所述LBT或CCA检测位置限制在预定区域时，LBT或CCA检测执行的位置包括以下之一：
子帧或调度子帧的前一子帧中的末尾k个OFDM符号内；或者，
子帧或调度子帧中的前s个OFDM符号内；或者，
子帧或调度子帧的前一子帧中末尾的k1个OFDM符号和子帧或调度子帧中的前s1个OFDM符号内；
其中，k，s，k1，s1为正整数。
可选地，k和s均为1或者2。k1和s1均为1。
当在子帧或调度子帧的前一子帧中的末尾一个OFDM符号上执行LBT或CCA成功时，包括：
在子帧或调度子帧上发送物理上行共享信道PUSCH和探测参考信号SRS。
所述物理上行共享信道PUSCH开始传输时刻包括：调度子帧中的第一个OFDM符号。
所述探测参考信号SRS发送的位置包括子帧位置或者符号位置，具体地，在本发明实施例中包括调度子帧中的最后一个OFDM符号。
当探测参考信号SRS发送位置和下个子帧中执行LBT或CCA检测位置在同一个OFDM符号时，包括：
探测参考信号SRS的发送和下个子帧中执行LBT或CCA检测位置按照频分方式共存。
所述探测参考信号SRS发送的频域位置包括：整个带宽上预定子载波间隔对应的频域资源。
所述预定子载波间隔包括：子载波间隔为1；或者，子载波间隔为3。
所述LBT或CCA检测位置为所述探测参考信号SRS频域位置集合中之一。
所述方法还包括：修改探测参考信号发送位置。
探测参考信号的发送位置包括：子帧中的第一个OFDM符号；或者，子帧中前半时隙的最后一个OFDM符号；或者，子帧中后半时隙的第一个OFDM符号。
用户设备发送探测参考信号SRS与其他用户设备的PUSCH复用或同时传输，当在调度子帧的前一子帧中的末尾一个OFDM符号上执行LBT或CCA成功之后，还包括：
第一用户设备或第一用户设备组在调度子帧上发送物理上行共享信道PUSCH；第二用户设备或第二用户设备组在调度子帧上或候选子帧中最后一个符号上发送探测参考信号SRS；
或者，
第一用户设备或第一用户设备组在调度子帧或候选子帧上发送物理上行共享信道PUSCH，第二用户设备或第二用户设备组和第一用户设备或第一用户设备组中至少之一在子帧的最后一个符号上发送探测参考信号SRS。
当在调度子帧的前一子帧中的末尾一个符号上执行LBT或CCA成功之后，还包括：
第一用户设备或第一用户设备组在调度子帧上发送物理上行共享信道PUSCH；第二用户设备或第二用户设备组在调度子帧上或候选子帧中第一个符号上发送探测参考信号SRS；
或者，
第一用户设备或第一用户设备组在调度子帧或候选子帧上发送物理上行共享信道PUSCH，第二用户设备或第二用户设备组和第一用户设备或第一用户设备组中至少之一在子帧的第一个符号上发送探测参考信号SRS。
所述第二用户设备或第二用户设备组在发送探测参考信号SRS之前，还包括：LBT或CCA成功时刻之后到发送探测参考信号位置之间的空白处发送预留信号。
所述第二用户设备或第二用户设备组在发送探测参考信号SRS之前，还包括：执行LBT或CCA检测；或者，不执行LBT或CCA检测。
所述第二用户设备或第二用户设备组发送探测参考信号SRS执行LBT或CCA检测的位置，包括：探测参考信号位置之前的一个OFDM符号。
第二用户设备或第二用户设备组发送探测参考信号SRS所执行LBT或CCA检测执行简化的LBT机制或参数配置。
所述第二用户设备或第二用户设备组发送探测参考信号SRS不执行LBT或CCA操作，通过以下之一确定：
根据基站的指示确定候选的子帧上发送SRS信号；或者，
根据基站在每个子帧上指示确定是否发送SRS信号；或者，
默认在候选的子帧上发送SRS信号，且根据基站指示或者新的信令触发确定发送SRS信号所使用的子帧。
所述探测参考信号独立发送时，包括：按照管制1ms要求；或者，不按照管制1ms要求。
当执行LBT或CCA检测成功后，按照所述管制1ms传输要求时，包括：在预定的时域位置发送探测参考信号SRS，其余时域资源发送预留信号。
所述预定的时域位置包括以下之一：子帧的最后一个OFDM符号；或者，子帧的第一个OFDM符号；或者，子帧中前半时隙的最后一个OFDM符号；或者，子帧中后半时隙的第一个OFDM符号；或者，LBT或CCA检测成功时刻后的第一个OFDM符号。
所述预留信号为探测参考信号SRS。
当执行LBT或CCA检测成功后，不按照所述管制1ms传输要求时，包括：在LBT或CCA检测成功时刻后的第一个OFDM符号上发送探测参考信号SRS。
当第一通信节点为基站时，发送探测参考信号SRS，还包括以下之一：
在发现参考信号DRS时域图样组成中的空闲符号上发送探测参考信号SRS；
在发送初始信号或预留信号阶段发送探测参考信号SRS；
在下行传输期发送探测参考信号SRS。
当UE执行LBT/CCA检测竞争到非授权载波后，SRS独立发送方式包括以下之一：
重复发送SRS直到时域连续长度满足管制要求，比如，1ms；或者，
UE在LBT/CCA成功后的第一个符号上发送SRS。其中，该符号的频域组成包含以下之一：SRS和LBT/CCA检测图样；或者，SRS和LBT/CCA检测图样以及其余空白资源。LBT/CCA检测图样在同小区或同运营商下的UE间是共享的。继续检测的UE，在公共的LBT/CCA资源上进行信道空闲评估，若评估结果为空闲，则UE在下个符号中频域上除LBT/CCA公共资源或LBT/CCA和预留信号以外的资源上发送自身的SRS。若评估信道为忙，则认为信道不可用，可以继续LBT/CCA，或者，放弃检测。其中，最先占用信道的UE需要一直发送预留信号，该预留信号可以是SRS信号，或，其他信息。此外，预留信号可以与SRS的频域位置相同或是不同。继续检测的UE可以不发送占用信号，或，发送占用信号。即一个UE连续占用信道的时间满足管制要求，或者，多个复用的UE一起占用信道的时间满足管制要求。
一个UE独立占用满足管制要求时长情况下，UE在LBT/CCA成功时刻后的特定的符号发送SRS信号，而管制要求时长内的其余符号上可以发送PUCCH或占用信号或预留信号。
所述的方法还包括：
当未竞争到所述非授权载波的使用权时，用户设备在所述第一预定时域资源上停止发送探测参考信号SRS，在所述非授权载波的所述第一预定时域资源之后的第二预定时域资源前执行所述LBT或CCA检测，并在所述第二预定时域资源前执行LBT成功的情况下，在所述第二预定时域资源上发送探测参考信号；或者，
当未竞争到所述非授权载波的使用权时，用户设备在所述第一预定时域资源上停止发送探测参考信号SRS，在所述非授权载波上用于发送探测参考信号SRS的时间窗内所述的第三预定时域资源前执行所述LBT或CCA检测，并在所述第三预定时域资源前执行LBT成功的情况下，在所述第三预定时域资源上发送探测参考信号；或者，
当未竞争到所述非授权载波的使用权时，用户设备在所述第一预定时域 资源上停止发送探测参考信号SRS，在所述非授权载波上继续竞争非授权载波的使用权，在竞争到非授权载波的情况下，发送探测参考信号。
当竞争到所述非授权载波的使用权时，为了增加或提高发送SRS的成功率，本发明实施例提供上述三种方式，其中第一预定时域资源包括SRS信号按照周期性机会进行发送的预定周期点或者SRS信号按照非周期性触发机会进行发送预设发送时间点；第二预定时域资源用于第一预定时域资源未能成功发送SRS时，在第二预定时域资源补充发送SRS；第三预定时域资源位于第一预定时域资源之前或者之后或者包括第一预定时域资源。
所述补充发送探测参考信号SRS的位置，包括：
位于所述第一预定时域资源之前，或者，所述第一预定时域资源之后，或者，包含所述第一预定时域资源。
当在子帧或调度子帧中的前s个OFDM符号内或者，子帧或调度子帧的前一子帧中末尾的k1个OFDM符号和子帧或调度子帧中的s1个OFDM符号内执行LBT或CCA成功时，包括：
物理上行共享信道PUSCH从s+1符号开始；或者，
物理上行共享信道PUSCH从s1+1符号开始，所述s、s1、k1为正整数。
所述探测参考信号SRS的发送位置包括以下之一：
子帧的最后一个OFDM符号；或者，
子帧的第一个OFDM符号；或者，
子帧中前半时隙的最后一个OFDM符号；或者，
子帧中后半时隙的第一个OFDM符号；或者，
LBT或CCA检测成功时刻后的第一个OFDM符号；或者，
PUSCH开始传输的第一个OFDM符号。
所述执行LBT或CCA检测的时域和/或频域位置，或者，所述发送探测参考信号的时域和/或频域位置，或者，所述发送探测参考信号时间窗的位置，或者，发送探测参考信号的候选时域和/或频域位置，或者，PUSCH开始传输时刻通过以下方式获取：
基站和UE事先约定好；或者，
基站指示给UE；或者，
物理层信令通知，如DCI；或者，
高层RRC信令通知，或者，
预定义。
所述方法还包括：调整发送探测参考信号SRS所执行的LBT机制或LBT机制的CW大小通过发送SRS所执行LBT失败的次数，其中，调整指示包括eNB通知UE调整，或者，UE自己调整。
如图2所示，本发明实施例还提供一种探测参考信号的发送装置，设置于第一通信节点，包括：
竞争模块，设置为根据先听后说LBT或空闲信道评估CCA检测竞争非授权载波的使用权；
发送模块，设置为当成功竞争到所述非授权载波的使用权时，在所述非授权载波上发送探测参考信号SRS和/或物理上行共享信道PUSCH。
当在所述非授权载波上发送SRS时，所述探测参考信号SRS的发送位置包括：时间单元中的特定符号；
当在所述非授权载波上发送SRS时，所述探测参考信号SRS的发送位置还包括：发送SRS的时间窗；
当在所述非授权载波上发送SRS时，所述探测参考信号SRS的发送位置包括：特殊子帧中的上行导频时隙；和/或，特殊子帧中的保护间隔GP；
当在所述非授权载波上发送SRS时，所述探测参考信号SRS的发送位置包括：基站发送预留信号期间；
当在所述非授权载波上发送SRS时，所述探测参考信号SRS的发送位置包括：下行传输期内；
当在所述非授权载波上发送SRS时，所述探测参考信号SRS的发送位置包括：发现参考信号DRS传输期间；
当在所述非授权载波上发送SRS时，所述探测参考信号SRS的发送位 置包括：下行传输结束之后的末尾部分子帧；
当在所述非授权载波上发送PUSCH时，所述物理上行共享信道PUSCH的起始位置包括：所述上行物理共享信道PUSCH的起始位置为时间单元上的特定符号；
当在所述非授权载波上发送PUSCH时，所述物理上行共享信道PUSCH的起始位置还包括：上行物理共享信道PUSCH传输时刻完全取决于LBT或CCA成功时刻。
具体地，
当在所述非授权载波上发送SRS时，所述探测参考信号SRS的发送位置包括：时间单元中的特定符号。
其中，所述时间单元包括以下至少之一：子帧；时隙。
其中，所述时间单元为子帧或时隙时，所述特定符号包括以下至少之一：
第一个正交频分复用OFDM符号；最后一个OFDM符号；
其中，所述探测参考信号SRS的发送位置还包括：发送SRS的时间窗。
其中，所述发送SRS的时间窗位于：所述时间单元之前，或者，所述时间单元之后，或者，包含所述时间单元。
其中，所述时间窗内发送SRS的位置由以下至少之一参数确定：
时间窗内偏移量，发送SRS持续时间SRS duration数目，SRS duration间间隔，时间窗时长，时间窗内发送SRS duration的结束位置。
其中，所述SRS duration包括以下至少之一：一个子帧；多个子帧；一个时隙；多个时隙。
其中，所述SRS信号在SRS的时间窗中SRS duration中的至少一个符号上发送。
其中，发送SRS信号的位置通过以下方式之一确定：
先听后说LBT成功时刻确定；
基站通过物理层DCI信令指示；
基站通过物理层DCI信令指示在连续的多个子帧上发送SRS的位置；
基站在每个子帧上指示SRS信号的发送；
默认在候选的子帧上可以发送SRS信号，但具体在候选哪个子帧上发送需要基站发送信令指示或者触发。
其中，当在所述非授权载波上发送SRS时，所述探测参考信号SRS的发送位置包括：
特殊子帧中的上行导频时隙；和/或，特殊子帧中的保护间隔GP。
其中，当在所述非授权载波上发送SRS时，所述探测参考信号SRS的发送位置包括：
基站发送预留信号期间。
其中，所述预留信号期间，包括：基站执行CCA或LBT成功至开始进行下行传输的时间单元。
其中，当在所述非授权载波上发送SRS时，所述探测参考信号SRS的发送位置包括：下行传输期内。
其中，所述在所述下行传输期内发送SRS的子帧位置，由以下至少之一方式确定：基站通过物理层DCI信令指示；预定义；基站和UE事先约定。
其中，当在所述非授权载波上发送SRS时，所述探测参考信号SRS的发送位置包括：发现参考信号DRS传输期间。
其中，所述探测参考信号SRS在DRS传输期内发送包括：在DRS子帧中空余的符号上发送。
其中，所述空余符号位置包括以下至少之一：
第13个符号，第14个符号，根据DRS图样确定的空置符号位置中至少之一。
其中，当在所述非授权载波上发送SRS时，所述探测参考信号SRS的发送位置包括：下行传输结束之后的末尾部分子帧。
其中，所述在下行传输结束之后的末尾部分子帧上发送SRS信号的符号位置，由基站通过物理层DCI信令指示，或者，根据LBT或CCA成功时刻确定，或，预定义。
其中，当在所述非授权载波上发送PUSCH时，所述物理上行共享信道PUSCH的起始位置包括：
所述上行物理共享信道PUSCH的起始位置为时间单元上的特定符号。
其中，所述时间单元包括以下至少之一：子帧，时隙，符号。
其中，所述特定符号包括以下至少之一：符号0，符号1，符号4，符号7。
其中，所述物理上行共享信道PUSCH的起始位置还包括：
上行物理共享信道PUSCH传输时刻完全取决于LBT或CCA成功时刻。
所述竞争模块LBT或CCA检测执行的位置包括以下之一：
LBT或CCA检测的位置限制在预定区域；或者，
LBT或CCA检测的位置不受限制。
当所述竞争模块LBT或CCA检测位置限制在预定区域时，LBT或CCA检测执行的位置包括以下之一：
子帧或调度子帧的前一子帧中的末尾k个OFDM符号内；或者，
子帧或调度子帧中的前s个OFDM符号内；或者，
子帧或调度子帧的前一子帧中末尾的k1个OFDM符号和子帧或调度子帧中的前s1个OFDM符号内；
其中，k，s，k1，s1为正整数。
其中，所述参数k和所述参数s均为1或2，所述参数k1和所述参数s1均为1。
当在子帧或调度子帧的前一子帧中的末尾一个OFDM符号上执行LBT或CCA成功时，所述发送模块具体设置为：
在子帧或调度子帧上发送物理上行共享信道PUSCH和探测参考信号SRS。
所述发送模块中所述物理上行共享信道PUSCH开始传输时刻包括：调度子帧中的第一个OFDM符号。
所述发送模块中所述探测参考信号SRS发送的位置包括：调度子帧中的 最后一个OFDM符号。
当所述发送模块中探测参考信号SRS发送位置和下个子帧中执行LBT或CCA检测位置在同一个OFDM符号时，包括：
探测参考信号SRS的发送和下个子帧中执行LBT或CCA检测位置按照频分方式共存。
所述发送模块中所述探测参考信号SRS发送的频域位置包括：整个带宽上预定子载波间隔对应的频域资源。
所述发送模块中所述预定子载波间隔包括：子载波间隔为1；或者，子载波间隔为3。
所述竞争模块中LBT或CCA检测位置为所述探测参考信号SRS频域位置集合中之一。
所述装置还包括：调整模块，设置为修改探测参考信号发送位置。
所述发送模块中探测参考信号的发送位置包括：子帧中的第一个OFDM符号；或者，子帧中前半时隙的最后一个OFDM符号；或者，子帧中后半时隙的第一个OFDM符号。
当所述竞争模块在调度子帧的前一子帧中的末尾一个OFDM符号上执行LBT或CCA成功之后，所述发送模块还设置为：
第一用户设备或第一用户设备组在调度子帧上发送物理上行共享信道PUSCH；第二用户设备或第二用户设备组在调度子帧上或候选子帧中最后一个符号上发送探测参考信号SRS；
或者，
第一用户设备或第一用户设备组在调度子帧或候选子帧上发送物理上行共享信道PUSCH，第二用户设备或第二用户设备组和第一用户设备或第一用户设备组中至少之一在子帧的最后一个符号上发送探测参考信号SRS。
当所述竞争模块在调度子帧的前一子帧中的末尾一个符号上执行LBT或CCA成功之后，所述发送模块还用于：
第一用户设备或第一用户设备组在调度子帧上发送物理上行共享信道 PUSCH；第二用户设备或第二用户设备组在调度子帧上或候选子帧中第一个符号上发送探测参考信号SRS；
或者，
第一用户设备或第一用户设备组在调度子帧或候选子帧上发送物理上行共享信道PUSCH，第二用户设备或第二用户设备组和第一用户设备或第一用户设备组中至少之一在子帧的第一个符号上发送探测参考信号SRS。
所述第二用户设备或第二用户设备组在发送探测参考信号SRS之前，还包括：LBT或CCA成功时刻之后到发送探测参考信号位置之间的空白处发送预留信号。
所述第二用户设备或第二用户设备组在发送探测参考信号SRS之前，还包括：执行LBT或CCA检测；或者，不执行LBT或CCA检测。
所述第二用户设备或第二用户设备组发送探测参考信号SRS执行LBT或CCA检测的位置，包括：探测参考信号位置之前的一个OFDM符号。
第二用户设备或第二用户设备组发送探测参考信号SRS所执行LBT或CCA检测执行简化的LBT机制或参数配置。
所述第二用户设备或第二用户设备组发送探测参考信号SRS不执行LBT或CCA操作，通过以下之一确定：
根据基站的指示确定候选的子帧上发送SRS信号；或者，
根据基站在每个子帧上指示确定是否发送SRS信号；或者，
默认在候选的子帧上发送SRS信号，且根据基站指示或者新的信令触发确定发送SRS信号所使用的子帧。
所述发送模块中探测参考信道独立发送时，包括：按照管制1ms要求；或者，不按照管制1ms要求。
当所述竞争模块执行LBT或CCA检测成功后，所述发送模块按照所述管制1ms传输要求时，包括：在预定的时域位置发送探测参考信号SRS，其余时域资源发送预留信号。
所述发送模块中所述预定的时域位置包括以下之一：子帧的最后一个 OFDM符号；或者，子帧的第一个OFDM符号；或者，子帧中前半时隙的最后一个OFDM符号；或者，子帧中后半时隙的第一个OFDM符号；或者，LBT或CCA检测成功时刻后的第一个OFDM符号。
当所述竞争模块执行LBT或CCA检测成功后，所述发送模块不按照所述管制1ms传输要求时，包括：在LBT或CCA检测成功时刻后的第一个OFDM符号上发送探测参考信号SRS。
当所述第一通信节点为基站时，所述发送模块发送探测参考信号SRS，还包括以下之一：
在发现参考信号DRS时域图样组成中的空闲符号上发送探测参考信号SRS；
在发送初始信号或预留信号阶段发送探测参考信号SRS；
在下行传输期发送探测参考信号SRS。
所述发送模块还设置为：
当未竞争到所述非授权载波的使用权时，用户设备在所述第一预定时域资源上停止发送探测参考信号SRS，在所述非授权载波的所述第一预定时域资源之后的第二预定时域资源前执行所述LBT或CCA检测，并在所述第二预定时域资源前执行LBT成功的情况下，在所述第二预定时域资源上发送探测参考信号；或者，
当未竞争到所述非授权载波的使用权时，用户设备在所述第一预定时域资源上停止发送探测参考信号SRS，在所述非授权载波上用于发送探测参考信号SRS的时间窗内所述的第三预定时域资源前执行所述LBT或CCA检测，并在所述第三预定时域资源前执行LBT成功的情况下，在所述第三预定时域资源上发送探测参考信号；或者，
当未竞争到所述非授权载波的使用权时，用户设备在所述第一预定时域资源上停止发送探测参考信号SRS，在所述非授权载波上继续竞争非授权载波的使用权，在竞争到非授权载波的情况下，发送探测参考信号。
所述发送模块中所述补充发送探测参考信号SRS的位置，包括：
位于所述第一预定时域资源之前，或者，所述第一预定时域资源之后， 或者，包含所述第一预定时域资源。
当所述竞争模块在子帧或调度子帧中的前s个OFDM符号内或者，子帧或调度子帧的前一子帧中末尾的k1个OFDM符号和子帧或调度子帧中的s1个OFDM符号内执行LBT或CCA成功时，所述发送模块包括：
物理上行共享信道PUSCH从s+1符号开始；或者，
物理上行共享信道PUSCH从s1+1符号开始，其中，所述s、s1、k1为正整数。
所述发送模块中所述探测参考信号SRS的发送位置包括以下之一：
子帧的最后一个OFDM符号；或者，
子帧的第一个OFDM符号；或者，
子帧中前半时隙的最后一个OFDM符号；或者，
子帧中后半时隙的第一个OFDM符号；或者，
LBT或CCA检测成功时刻后的第一个OFDM符号；或者，
所述竞争模块中所述执行LBT或CCA检测的时域和/或频域位置，或者，所述发送模块中所述发送探测参考信号的时域和/或频域位置，或者，所述发送模块中所述发送探测参考信号时间窗的位置，或者，所述发送模块中发送探测参考信号的候选时域和/或频域位置，或者，所述发送模块中PUSCH开始传输时刻通过以下方式获取：
基站和UE事先约定好；或者，
基站指示给UE；或者，
物理层信令通知，如DCI；或者，
高层RRC信令通知，或者，
预定义。
所述调整模块，用于调整发送探测参考信号SRS所执行的LBT机制或LBT机制的CW大小通过发送SRS所执行LBT失败的次数，其中，调整指示包括eNB通知UE调整，或者，UE自己调整。
实施例一：
该优选实施例中，给出一种非授权载波上传输设备执行LBT/CCA检测的位置和/或探测参考信号SRS的发送位置和/或物理上行共享信道PUSCH开始传输的时刻。本实施例中，传输设备为用户传输设备UE。
第一内容：关于用户设备UE执行LBT或CCA检测的可能位置以及获取方式内容。
如图3所示，对于上行，用户设备UE执行LBT或CCA检测的可能位置，包括以下至少之一：
LBT或CCA总是位于调度子帧的前一子帧中的末尾k个OFDM符号内；
LBT或CCA总是位于调度子帧中的前s个OFDM符号内；
LBT或CCA总是位于调度子帧的前一子帧中末尾的k1个OFDM符号和调度子帧中的s1个OFDM符号内；如图4所示。
不限制LBT或CCA检测或执行的位置。例如，同下行执行LBT的位置就可以为任意时刻。
其中，k，s，k1，s1均为大于等于且小于12或14的正整数。优选地，k和s均可以为1或2，k1和s1为1。
用户设备UE获取LBT或CCA执行位置可以通过以下方式之一：
基站和UE事先约定好；或者，
基站指示给UE；或者，
物理层信令通知，如DCI；或者，
高层RRC信令通知，或者，
预定义。
第二内容：关于探测参考信号SRS的发送位置以及获取方式内容。
根据现在协议中的规定，探测参考信号SRS在周期性SRS子帧中的最后一个OFDM符号上发送。而结合LAA的特征，即传输设备在非授权载波上进行传输之前，都需要执行先听后说LBT机制。以及结合上述LBT或CCA检测的位置，则探测参考信号也可以考虑在以下至少之一的位置上发送：
子帧中第一个OFDM符号；或者，
子帧中的最后一个OFDM符号；或者，
子帧中的前半时隙中的第一个OFDM符号；或者，
子帧中前半时隙中的最后一个OFDM符号；或者，
子帧中后半时隙中的第一个OFDM符号；或者，
子帧中后半时隙中的最后一个OFDM符号；或者，
根据LBT或CCA成功时刻后的一个OFDM符号；或者，
发送SRS时间窗内的一个OFDM符号；或者，
特殊子帧中上行导频时隙；或者，
特殊子帧中的保护间隔GP。
其中，所述子帧可以是SRS子帧或传输设备被调度的子帧。发送SRS时间窗内发送SRS子帧的位置在时间窗内可以是时域上连续的，或者，时域上不连续的，即时域上可以等间隔离散，或者，不等间隔离散。
进一步地，时间窗内发送SRS子帧的位置可以通过以下至少之一参数确定：
时间窗内第一偏移量，连续SRS子帧长度，SRS子帧(块)之间的间隔，SRS子帧(块)的数目，时间窗长度，时间窗内发送SRS子帧或资源的结束位置。
所述时间窗内第一偏移量是指时间窗起点到时间窗内第一个可以发送SRS的子帧或资源间的间隔。间隔可以是子帧或OFDM符号的数目。
SRS在发送SRS子帧中的发送位置以及所执行LBT的位置可以参考上述探测参考信号位置和LBT或CCA检测执行位置中内容。
发送SRS时间窗可以位于周期性SRS和/或非周期性SRS发送位置和/或预设SRS发送位置之后，或者，之前，或者，包含。
其中，当发送SRS时间窗位于周期性SRS和/或非周期性SRS发送位置和/或预设SRS发送位置之后，或者，之前时，发送SRS时间窗的起点与周期性SRS和/或非周期性SRS发送位置和/或预设SRS发送位置间的间隔为第 二偏移量。
进一步地，探测参考信号SRS的发送位置或发送SRS时间窗可以通过以下至少之一获取：
基站和UE事先约定好；或者，
基站指示给UE；或者，
物理层信令通知，如DCI，或公共DCI；或者，
高层RRC信令通知，或者，
预定义。
此外，如果探测参考信号SRS在特殊子帧中发送，如，上行导频时隙UpPTS或保护时隙GP，则当SRS在上行导频时隙UpPTS内发送时，发送SRS信号所执行的LBT可以在上行导频时隙(比如，UpPTS中的第一个符号内)，或者，GP内的部分或全部时间，或者，下行导频时隙DwPTS内的部分或全部时间和GP时间，或者，下行子帧中末尾的几个符号内的部分或全部时间和下行导频时隙DwPTS和GP时间；而当SRS在保护时隙GP内发送时，发送SRS信号所执行的LBT可以在保护时隙GP内的部分时间(比如，GP内前面的部分时间)，或者，下行导频时隙DwPTS内的部分或全部时间和/或部分GP时间，或者，下行子帧中末尾的几个符号内的部分或全部时间和下行导频时隙DwPTS和/或部分GP时间；
第三内容：关于物理上行共享信道PUSCH开始传输的可能位置以及获取方式内容。
物理上行共享信道PUSCH可能的开始传输时刻可以为子帧边界，时隙边界，OFDM符号边界。
其中：
PUSCH从子帧边界开始传输是指从子帧中的OFDM符号0开始传输。
PUSCH从时隙边界开始传输是指从子帧中的OFDM符号0和/或符号7开始传输。
PUSCH从符号边界开始传输是指从子帧中的OFDM符号0和/或1和/ 或4和/或7开始传输。
进一步地，用户设备可以通过以下之一方式获取PUSCH开始传输时刻位置信息：
基站和UE事先约定好；或者，
基站指示给UE；或者，
物理层信令通知，如DCI，公共DCI；或者，
高层RRC信令通知，或者，
预定义。
实施例二：
该优选实施例中，给出一种非授权载波上传输设备发送探测参考信号SRS与PUSCH复用或同时传输的方法。本实施例中，传输设备为用户传输设备UE。
下面将主要从三个方面介绍SRS与PUSCH复用传输(即用户设备自身的SRS信号与自身的PUSCH复用传输)方法：
①PUSCH从子帧边界开始传输。
即PUSCH总是从符号0开始传输。这里，假设上行LBT或CCA检测位置总是调度子帧的前一子帧中的末尾k个符号内(比如，k为1)时，SRS的传输可以按照如下方法：
当用户设备在调度子帧的前一子帧中的最后一个符号内执行LBT成功，则从子帧边界开始传输自己的PUSCH，此时，SRS信号可以不执行LBT直接发送，其SRS发送的位置为调度子帧中的最后一个符号。即PUSCH中的最后一个符号被打掉用于发送SRS。
此时，SRS信号的发送和下一子帧中调度的用户设备执行LBT或CCA位置在同一OFDM符号(即子帧中的最后一个符号)，如果仅SRS信号占用最后一个符号，则下一个子帧中调度的UE则无法执行LBT或CCA。反之，如果仅让LBT或CCA占用最后一个符号，则UE无法发送SRS信号， 从而基站不能进行上行信道评估。为了解决SRS和LBT同符号造成的资源碰撞问题，可以采用以下方式解决：
方式一：LBT或CCA检测位置与发送SRS位置通过频分方式共存在同一个符号。
即LBT或CCA检测位置占用子帧中最后一个符号中的第一频域资源。而SRS信号占用子帧中最后一个符号中的第二频域资源。
其中，第一频域资源和第二频域资源可以是频域上连续，或者，也可以是频域上离散的。
此外，第一时频资源和第二频域资源的可以占满整个带宽，也可以仅占整个带宽中的部分资源。剩余的部分频域资源可以空置，或者，也可以发送预留信号或占用信号，或者，也可以发送PUSCH。
其中，第一频域资源和第二频域资源可以是RE级，PRB级，子带级，RBG级。优选地，为RE级资源。进一步地，LBT或CCA检测频域资源图样和/或预留信号频域资源图样均可以采用探测参考信号SRS的频域图样，详见实施例五。
同小区或同运营商中的用户设备共享一个LBT/CCA频域图样。同运营商下的不同小区也可以配置不同的LBT或CCA频域图样。有SRS信号资源复用需求的小区可以采用相同的LBT或CCA频域图样。
举例：UE在频域上子载波索引为0、4、8等或子载波2、6、10等或3、7、11等资源上发送SRS序列(目前标准中规定SRS子载波间隔可以是3，但本专利中不局限于标准中的规定，也可以采用大于3的值)，具体不同序列长度使得发送SRS信号占用的带宽不同以及位置也不同。同小区或同运营商下的UE共享一个LBT/CCA检测图样，比如，其LBT/CCA在频域上子载波索引为1、5、9等资源上执行。其中，CCA检测图样可以横跨整个带宽或是部分带宽上的图样，即不同的UE可以在全带宽中特定频域资源上执行LBT/CCA检测，或者，在对应发送SRS频域资源集合对应的频域区域外的位置上执行LBT/CCA检测，或者，若SRS在最后一个符号上的频域资源上满配的情况下，其他UE执行LBT/CCA检测的频域位置可以是整个带宽上SRS频域资源外的剩余RB或是RE上(即对于20MHz带宽上SRS信号最大 占用96个PRB，整个带宽上剩余的RB或RE可以用于其他UE执行LBT/CCA检测。此时，可以配置剩余的资源的全部或部分为公共的LBT/CCA检测位置，或是LBT/CCA检测的备用检测频域位置)。此外，对于无干扰测量需求的小区间可以配置相同的LBT/CCA检测图样，而有干扰测量需求的小区间可以配置不同的LBT/CCA检测图样。UE发送SRS信号的频域位置应该避开LBT/CCA检测频域图样位置。即基站和UE可以事先约定好，或者，基站通知UE，或者，物理层信令通知，或者，高层信令(RRC或MAC)通知，或者，预定义方式确定用户设备UE执行LBT或CCA检测的频域资源位置，从而用户获取只能在频域上除去LBT或CCA检测频域资源外的SRS频域资源集合上发送SRS信号。
方式二：修改或调整探测参考信号SRS的位置。
优选地，SRS信号发送位置可以在调度子帧中的第一个符号。这样可以很好的解决SRS发送位置和下个子帧中调度UE执行LBT或CCA检测位置碰撞问题。此外，还可以考虑在子帧中的前半时隙中的第一个OFDM符号，或，子帧中前半时隙中的最后一个OFDM符号，或，子帧中后半时隙中的第一个OFDM符号，或，子帧中后半时隙中的最后一个OFDM符号上发送。
此时，触发用户设备在上述符号上发送SRS信号可以通过以下方式之一获取：
基站指示给UE，或者，基站和UE事先约定，或者，预定义，或者，物理层信令，如DCI或公共DCI，或者，高层RRC信令。
②PUSCH从时隙边界开始传输。
即PUSCH总是从符号0或者从符号7开始传输。
第一种情况，当PUSCH可以从符号0开始时，则说明UE在子帧开始前已经成功竞争到非授权载波(即执行LBT成功)，此时，UE执行LBT或CCA的位置可以是被调度子帧之前子帧的最后一个或多个符号，或者，被调度子帧边界开始之前的任意位置。
此时，SRS信号的传输可以在调度子帧PUSCH的最后一个符号发送，而不用执行LBT。此时，如果SRS信号在调度子帧中的最后一个符号上发送， 会与执行LBT或CCA的时域位置发生资源碰撞，但这个问题可以通过LBT在第一频域资源位置执行，而SRS信号在第二频域资源位置发送来解决。此时，执行LBT的第一频域资源图样可以采用SRS的频域资源图样。这里，第一频域资源和第二频域资源可以是RE级资源图样。此外，也可以是调度子帧中第一个OFDM符号；或者，调度子帧中的前半时隙中的第一个OFDM符号；或者，调度子帧中前半时隙中的最后一个OFDM符号；或者，调度子帧中后半时隙中的第一个OFDM符号；或者，调度子帧中后半时隙中的最后一个OFDM符号；
或者，SRS信号的发送也可以独立执行LBT或CCA检测，其LBT执行位置可以是子帧的最后一个符号和/或子帧中倒数第二符号上，这种情况下，LBT执行位置与SRS发送位置是时分方式的。(即用户设备传输PUSCH和发送自身的SRS各自独立执行LBT)当SRS信号的发送位置和发送SRS所执行LBT或CCA的位置都在最后一个符号内时，用户设备UE在最后一个符号开始执行LBT，在成功时刻后一个符号内剩余的时域资源上发送SRS信号(即截断的SRS信号)，且频域上发送位置避开下个子帧中调度UE执行LBT或CCA检测的频域位置。当SRS信号的发送位置和发送SRS所执行LBT或CCA的位置都在最后一个或两个符号内时，用户设备UE在最后一个符号开始执行LBT，在成功时刻后第一个符号(子帧中最后一个符号上)发送SRS信号，且频域上发送位置避开下个子帧中调度UE执行LBT或CCA检测的频域位置。所述子帧中倒数第二个符号上仅需打掉LBT或CCA检测频域资源的位置，其他频域资源上发送PUSCH。若用户设备UE执行LBT成功时刻未到符号边界或子帧边界，则在LBT成功时刻到符号边界或子帧边界间的空白处发送预留信号。其中，预留信号也可以是SRS信号。此外，打掉PUSCH中的最后一个符号和/或倒数第二个符号中的部分资源可以通过基站指示给UE，或者，基站和UE事先约定，或者，预定义，或者，物理层信令，如DCI或公共DCI，或者，高层RRC信令通知给UE。
例如：UE在调度子帧之前成功完成LBT/CCA检测，在调度子帧的前12个OFDM符号上发送PUSCH，以及第13个OFDM符号中的空余的LBT或CCA频域资源以外资源上发送PUSCH，在最后一个OFDM符号上除 LBT/CCA频域资源外的资源上发送SRS信号。可选地，也可以发送部分占用信号，或者，部分PUSCH，或者，空置。其中，子帧中的倒数第二个OFDM符号上的LBT/CCA频域图样和/或位置可以与最后一个OFDM符号上的LBT/CCA频域图样和/或位置相同，也可以不同。倒数第二个OFDM符号上所执行的LBT/CCA可以用于已经发送了PUSCH的UE发送自身SRS信号和/或没有发送PUSCH的UE也发送自身的SRS信号和/或用于其他UE后续进行PUSCH传输和/或发送SRS而进行的LBT/CCA操作。最后一个OFDM符号上的LBT/CCA可以用于发送PUSCH和/或SRS信号的UE进行LBT/CCA操作，或者，在倒数第二个符号上未完成LBT/CCA的UE继续执行LBT/CCA操作。或者，打掉倒数第二个OFDM符号上整个频域资源用于发送SRS信号所执行LBT/CCA检测，而在最后一个符号上发送自身的SRS信号。其中，最后一个OFDM符号上LBT/CCA检测位置和SRS发送位置是频分方式的。
进一步地，所述用户设备UE发送自身SRS信号独立执行LBT情况，所述用户设备可以采用简化的LBT机制，如，LBT Cat2，即传输设备检测信道从忙变闲，且信道连续空闲时间不小于CCA duration时长，则认为获取到非授权载波的使用权。其中，CCA duration可以由一个固定时长+n*slot组成，其中，固定时长可以为16us，n可以为0、1、2、3、4、5等整数，slot为9us。或者，竞争窗小的LBT Cat4(defer period+eCCA过程)，其中，最大竞争窗可以为0、1、2、3、4、5、6、7、8、9等整数。优选地，随机回退值N可以为0、1、2、3。Defer period由一个固定时长+n*slot组成，其中，固定时长可以为16us或0us或9us，n可以为0、1、2、3、4、5等整数，slot为9us。此外，eCCA过程中slot时间内检测到信道忙，也可以不进入defer period，或者，进入defer period。
另一种情况，当PUSCH可以从符号7开始时，则说明UE在子帧开始前未能竞争到非授权载波的使用权(即LBT或CCA未成功)，而在下一个可能开始传输时刻(符号7)之前完成LBT，竞争到非授权载波的使用权。此时，SRS信号可以在后半时隙的第一个符号，或者，后半时隙的最后一个符号上发送，或者，后半时隙中的所有符号中至少之一。后半时隙上除发送 SRS信号的其余符号上可以发送PUSCH，或者，预留信号(发送预留信号时，则意味着PUSCH要从下个子帧边界开始传输，此时为了SRS和PUSCH一起发送，则UE也可以在LBT成功后第一个完整子帧的最后一个符号或第一个符号位置上发送SRS信号，至于与LBT时域资源碰撞问题，同样可以采用上述所述频分方式解决)。此外，从LBT或CCA成功时刻后到后半时隙边界(符号7开始)之间的空白处发送预留信号。其中，预留信号可以是SRS信号。
③PUSCH从符号边界开始传输。
即PUSCH总是从符号0，或者，从符号1，或者，从符号2，或者，从符号4，或者，从符号7开始传输。从符号0或从符号7的处理方式同上2。这里仅说PUSCH从符号1或4开始时，LBT执行位置和SRS信号的发送位置。
上行PUSCH从符号1开始，则意味着LBT或CCA检测位置可能是调度子帧的前一子帧的最后k1个OFDM符号和调度子帧中的前s1个OFDM符号，或者，不限制LBT执行位置(对于LBT位置不限定情况，PUSCH开始位置可以不确定，可以是LBT成功时刻后的第一个完整符号开始，从而SRS信号可以是LBT成功时刻后第一个部分或完整符号上发送，或者，LBT成功时刻后部分或完整子帧中的第一个符号，最后一个符号，前半时隙中的最后一个符号，后半时隙中的第一个符号上发送。即LBT执行位置，PUSCH开始传输位置和SRS发送位置之间可以相互彼此确定的关系)。此时LBT成功时刻为子帧的符号1之前。此时，SRS信号的发送位置依然可以是调度子帧中的最后一个符号，其中，SRS和LBT在最后一个符号上的资源碰撞问题，依然可以通过频分方式解决。k1和s1优选的为1。当然，SRS信号的发送位置也可以是符号1，或者前半时隙中的最后一个符号6，或者，后半子帧中的第一个符号7。在符号1、6、7位置上发送SRS就可解决LBT和SRS在同一符号上的资源碰撞问题。
同理，上行PUSCH从符号3开始，则意味着LBT或CCA检测位置可能是调度子帧的前一子帧的最后k1个OFDM符号和调度子帧中的前3个OFDM符号，或者，不限制LBT执行位置，但LBT成功时刻为子帧的符号 3之前。此时，SRS信号的发送位置依然可以是调度子帧中的最后一个符号，其中，SRS和LBT在最后一个符号上的资源碰撞问题，依然可以通过频分方式解决。当然，SRS信号的发送位置也可以是符号3或4，或者前半时隙中的最后一个符号6，或者，后半子帧中的第一个符号7。在符号3、4、6、7位置上发送SRS就可解决LBT和SRS在同一符号上的资源碰撞问题。
所述上行部分子帧情况下，PUSCH开始传输时刻，和/或，LBT执行位置，和/或，SRS信号发送位置均可以通过下述之一方式获取：基站指示给UE，或者，基站和UE事先约定，或者，预定义，或者，物理层信令，如DCI或公共DCI，或者，高层RRC信令。
对于上行传输以符号边界对齐的情况，即非授权载波的上行支持部分子帧传输。从两个角度考虑上行开始传输时刻点，从而确定SRS信号的发送位置：
一方面，从限定LBT/CCA检测位置角度。这里除了上述上行传输从子帧边界开始传输情况中包含的方法外，还包括以下：
若LBT/CCA检测位置限定在调度子帧的前一子帧中末尾的k1个OFDM符号和调度子帧中的s1个OFDM符号内，则上行可能开始传输的时刻点为子帧中的第s1+1个OFDM符号，假定k1和s1均为1。其当LBT/CCA成功时刻位于第k1个符号内，则SRS信号的发送位置可以在s1符号位置，或者，子帧的最后一个OFDM符号位置，或者，子帧中前半时隙中最后一个OFDM符号(这取决于s1符号数)，或者，子帧中后半时隙中的第一个符号，或者，子帧中后半时隙中的最后一个符号，或者，子帧中前半时隙中的第一个符号，或者，LBT/CCA成功时刻点后第一个部分或完整的OFDM符号上发送SRS信号。其中，k1和s1不能大于6或7。上述发送SRS时域位置上，如果该时域位置上与LBT/CCA检测时域位置重叠时，对应的SRS频域位置与LBT/CCA频域位置是频分方式共存的。此外，如果当LBT/CCA成功时刻位于上述限定的LBT/CCA区域内，且未到区域边界，则SRS信号也可以在LBT/CCA成功时刻后第一个部分符号上发送(即截短的SRS信号)，或者，第一个完成的符号上发送。进一步，如果在发送完成SRS信号依然未到区域边界，则可以重复发送SRS信号，或者，发送占用信号或是初始信号直到规 定的符号边界开始传输。
比如，k1和s1为1时，如果UE在调度子帧的前一子帧的最后一个OFDM符号上完成LBT/CCA，则SRS信号可以在调度子帧的第一个OFDM符号上发送。此时，如果LBT/CCA成功时刻未到最后一个符号边界，则在LBT/CCA成功时刻到最后一个符号边界间的空白处填充预留信号，或占用信号，或初始信号，或者，从LBT/CCA成功时刻到上行开始传输时刻(如，子帧的第二个OFDM符号)之间的空白处，发送预留信号或是初始信号或占用信号，而SRS信号可以在开始传输的第一个符号位置，或者，前半时隙中的最后一个符号，或者，后半时隙中的第一个或最后一个符号上。此时，为了其他UE能够复用同小区或同运营商中已成功执行LBT/CCA UE所占用的资源，则成功执行LBT的UE发送的预留信号或初始信号或占用信号可以仅在特定频域位置上发送。其中，预留信号或初始信号或占用信号可以是SRS信号，或者，携带指示信息的信号，或者，DMRS信号。其中，发送预留信号或初始信号或占用信号的特定的频域需要避开LBT/CCA检测对应的频域资源位置的。
如果UE在调度子帧的前一子帧的最后一个符号后，调度子帧的第一个OFDM符号边界之前完成LBT/CCA，则UE可以在LBT/CCA成功时刻到开始传输时刻s1+1之前的空白处发送部分SRS信号(截断的SRS信号)，或者，在LBT/CCA成功时刻到在开始传输时刻s1+1之间的空白处发送占用信号或预留信号，而在开始传输时刻s1+1(本例子中s1为1，即子帧的第二个符号上发送SRS信号)符号上发送SRS信号，或者，UE从第二个OFDM符号上开始上行传输，SRS信号在子帧的第6或7或8个OFDM符号上发送，或者，在子帧的最后一个OFDM符号(第12个或第14个OFDM符号)上发送SRS信号；
如果UE在调度子帧的前一子帧的最后一个符号后，调度子帧的第一个OFDM符号边界恰好完成LBT/CCA，则UE可以在开始传输时刻s1+1(本例子中s1为1，即子帧的第二个符号上发送SRS信号)符号上发送SRS信号，或者，UE从第二个OFDM符号上开始上行传输，SRS信号在子帧的第6或7或8个OFDM符号上发送，或者，在子帧的最后一个OFDM符号(第12个或第14个OFDM符号)上发送SRS信号；
同理，当子帧基本为LBT子帧，处理方式同上。如果在LBT子帧结束之前完成LBT/CCA，则可以在LBT/CCA成功时刻点后的第一个部分或完整符号上发送SRS信号，或者，在LBT/CCA成功时刻点到LBT/CCA检测区域边界之间发送预留信号，在LBT/CCA检测区域后第一个符号上发送SRS信号，或者，子帧前半时隙的最后一个OFDM符号位置发送SRS信号或者，子帧的后半时隙的第一个或最后OFDM符号位置发送SRS信号。其中，发送SRS信号的时域位置上对应的频域上可以不发送PUSCH，或者，也可以同上述方式一样，预留出用于其他UE执行LBT/CCA的频域位置，或者，也可以在特定频域资源上发送PUSCH，且还需要预留出其他UE执行LBT/CCA的频域位置。如果在LBT子帧结束恰好完成LBT/CCA，上行开始传输时刻为子帧的第一个OFDM符号位置(即从符号0开始)。此时，SRS信号可以在子帧第一个符号，或者，子帧的前半时隙的最后一个OFDM符号，或者，子帧的后半时隙的第一个或最后一个OFDM符号上发送。如果在LBT子帧结束未完成LBT/CCA，则UE只能等到下一个LBT/CCA位置再尝试进行信道检测，如果完成LBT/CCA，则处理方式同上。反之，继续在尝试在下一个LBT/CCA位置进行信道接入。其中，UE执行LBT/CCA检测位置可以通过周期，CCA起始位置，持续的时间，CCA结束位置等参数中至少之一确定。其中，若LBT/CCA位置与SRS发送位置在同一个符号上时，LBT/CCA检测频域位置和SRS信号频域位置可以是频分方式。或者，LBT/CCA与SRS在时域上可以是时分的方式。
若LBT/CCA检测位置限定在调度子帧中的前s个OFDM符号内，则根据s的取值不同，开始传输时刻点就不同，s为正整数，优选的，s为1、2、3。因此，候选的开始传输时刻为符号索引1(符号索引从0开始)，符号索引2，符号索引3，或者，符号索引为7，甚至可以为下一个子帧的符号0。
根据开始传输时刻候选位置不同，发送SRS信号的位置可以为开始传输的第一个符号，或者，子帧中前半时隙中的最后一个OFDM符号位置，或者，子帧的后半时隙中的第一个或最后一个OFDM符号位置，或者，从LBT/CCA区域边界到子帧边界之间特定符号或任意符号上可以发送SRS信号，开始传输从子帧的符号0开始。
此外，如果UE在LBT/CCA区域边界之前完成LBT/CCA，则在LBT/CCA成功时刻到限定的LBT/CCA区域边界之间的空白发送部分或完成符号的预留信号或占用信号或初始信号。其中，预留信号或占用信号或初始信号可以是SRS信号，或其他信息(有用或无用信息)。
如果UE在LBT/CCA限定区域未完成LBT/CCA，则UE错过可能开始传输的时刻点，只能等到下一个LBT/CCA位置再尝试进行信道检测。如果完成LBT/CCA，则发送SRS信号的位置处理方式同上。反之，继续在尝试在下一个LBT/CCA位置进行信道接入。或者，当前LBT/CCA过程满足特定条件，则可以认为UE完成LBT/CCA过程，获取到非授权载波的使用权。即可在按照本实施例中的发送SRS信号位置的方式进行发送，处理方式同上。所述特定条件可以为当前随机回退值N不大于预设门限值，或者，最后一个CCA检测信道空闲。所述预设门限值可以通过基站和UE事先约定好，或者，预定义，或者，基站指示，或者，物理层信令，或者，高层RRC信令确定。
另一个方面，从不限定LBT/CCA检测位置角度。如果不限定LBT/CCA检测位置，则上行开始传输时刻就完全取决于LBT/CCA成功时刻，或者，也可以给定几个可能的上行开始传输时刻点，如，子帧中的符号0和/或1和/或2和/或4和/或7。从而，SRS信号的发送可以在LBT/CCA成功时刻后的第一个部分或完整的符号上发送，或者，如果LBT/CCA成功时刻点早于可能开始传输时刻点，则可以在空白处发送预留信号或占用信号或初始信号。其中，所述的占用信号或初始信号或预留信号可以是SRS信号。而在开始传输时刻后的第一个符号或所在子帧中前和/或后半时隙中的第一个或最后一个OFDM符号上发送SRS信号，或者，如果LBT/CCA成功时刻恰好为可能开始传输时刻点，则可以在开始传输时刻后的第一个符号或所在子帧中前和/或后半时隙中的第一个或最后一个OFDM符号上发送SRS信号，或者，如果LBT/CCA成功时刻晚于当前开始传输时刻点，早于下一个候选的开始传输时刻点，则可以在空白处(空白处指LBT成功时刻到可能开始传输时刻之间的部分)发送预留信号或占用信号或初始信号。其中，所述的信号可以是SRS信号。和/或，在开始传输时刻后的第一个符号或所在子帧中前和/或后 半时隙中的第一个或最后一个OFDM符号上发送SRS信号。反之，若在开始传输时刻点之前未能完成LBT/CCA，则UE继续LBT/CCA检测，直到成功竞争到非授权载波，则可以按照上述几种所述方法进行SRS信号的发送。上述发送SRS信号所执行的LBT中检测信道忙的次数大于预设值时，则触发UE重新产生一个小于当前随机回退值N的新N值，或者，触发UE在当前N值基础上进行一定数值量的递减操作(其中，递减的数值量一定要不大于当前N值)，或者，触发执行一个CCA duration长度的信道检测，如检测信道空闲，则可以认为获取非授权载波使用权，可以进行上行传输或SRS信号发送。
进一步地，上述针对于成功完成LBT/CCA检测的UE进行SRS信号发送的操作。而对于其他UE，则可以在LBT/CCA检测区域，或者，发送SRS信号时域位置对应的LBT/CCA时频资源进行CCA检测。即其他UE在特定的LBT/CCA时频域资源上尝试进行信道接入，或者，在发送预留信号的区域时域位置上进行信号识别或是执行LBT/CCA检测尝试进行信道接入，从而成功完成LBT/CCA的UE可以在上述可能发送SRS信号时域位置上发送自身的SRS信号。
下面举例说明：对于多子帧调度情况，UE间如何复用以及如何发送各自SRS信号。
假定LBT或CCA检测的位置位于调度子帧前一子帧的最后一个符号，而SRS信号发送位置为子帧中的最后一个符号。当UE1完成LBT/CCA检测，且连续占用4个子帧，则UE1在调度子帧中的最后一个符号上发送SRS信号。这里，UE1调度子帧中最后一个符号上发送SRS信号和用于其他UE执行LBT或CCA的位置可以采用实施例中提供的频分方式解决SRS发送和LBT或CCA检测在同一个符号上的资源碰撞问题。即SRS发送位置从子帧中最后一个符号修改到子帧中的第一个符号上，或者，最后一符号上的频域资源至少包括以下之一：共享的LBT/CCA频域资源(如图5中的ZP-SRS频域图样)、SRS频域资源(如图5中的NZP-SRS频域图样)、空白闲置资源、PUSCH资源、预留信号。优选地，最后一个符号上频域上由发送SRS的频域资源区域和执行LBT或CCA检测的频域资源区域组成。而UE1连续 占用的后面3个子帧中的最后一个OFDM符号上均空余共享的LBT/CCA频域资源，其余频域资源可以发送自身的SRS信号，或者，预留信号(预留信号可以是SRS信号)，可选地，其余资源可以发送PUSCH，在其余的资源上发送信息的目的是防止其他节点占走信道。为了简单期间，UE1在后续的子帧上最后一个符号上发送自己的SRS信号，这样，最后一个符号上的频域就可以仅由发送SRS的频域资源区域和执行LBT或CCA检测的频域资源区域组成。而对于UE2从UE1传输的第一个子帧的最后一个符号上ZP-SRS频域图样上进行CCA检测，如果在对应ZP-SRS频域图样上检测能量小于预设CCA门限A，则认为信道空闲。可选的，UE在整个频域上检测能量大于门限A且小于预设门限B，则认为可复用。从而UE2在UE1上行传输子帧中的第二子帧中的最后一个符号上对应的SRS资源上(即除LBT/CCA频域资源外的资源)发送自身的SRS信号，且UE2只能连续与UE1一起复用3个子帧资源。同理，UE2在发送SRS信号所在子帧外的后面两个子帧中的最后一个符号上的操作同UE1一样。进一步地，UE2也可以在UE1第一个子帧中的最后一个符号中执行LBT/CCA成功后，在第二个子帧(对于UE1来说是第二个子帧，而对于UE2而说是第一个子帧)中的第一个符号或前半时隙的最后一个符号，或者，后半时隙中第一个或最后一个符号上发送SRS信号。
实施例三：
该优选实施例中，给出一种非授权载波上用户设备发送探测参考信号SRS与其他用户设备的PUSCH复用或同时传输的方法。
假定PUSCH从子帧边界开始传输，LBT或CCA执行位置在调度子帧前一子帧的最后k个符号内。如，k为1。
当调度子帧中的UE(如UE1)在LBT或CCA执行位置内完成LBT，则在调度子帧上发送PUSCH。此时调度子帧中的UE可能需要发送SRS信号，或者，也可能没有SRS需要发送。此时，另个UE(如UE2)有发送SRS信号的需求，但没有PUSCH发送，则这里有两种处理方式：
方式1：UE2执行LBT。如果LBT成功，则才能发送SRS信号。
其中：
UE2执行LBT或CCA的位置可以是UE1执行LBT或CCA的位置，即调度子帧的前一子帧的最后k个符号。如果UE2执行LBT成功，则UE2可以在UE1发送PUSCH子帧的最后一个符号上发送自己的SRS信号；这里，假定UE1在LBT或CCA检测位置执行LBT成功。如图6所示。
或者，基于图6，如果UE2执行LBT成功，而UE2发送SRS信号的位置为子帧中的最后一个符号，则在LBT成功时刻后，SRS发送位置之前的空白填充预留信号(即子帧中的前11或13个符号上发送预留信号)。其中，预留信号也可以是SRS信号。
或者，UE2在UE1发送PUSCH子帧中的第一个符号上发送自己的SRS信号，即UE2在调度子帧的前一子帧的最后k个符号上LBT成功，则在调度子帧中第一个符号上发送SRS信号；这样做的好处在于，UE2在对应的LBT或CCA区域上执行LBT成功后，立刻就可以发送SRS信号，而不需要考虑在子帧的最后一个符号上发送SRS所面临的在SRS发送位置前信道被异***或不同运营商中的UE抢走信道的问题。如图7所示。
或者，UE2在UE1发送PUSCH子帧中的前半时隙中的最后一个符号上发送自己的SRS信号；此时，可选地，也需要在LBT成功时刻后，所述发送SRS信号时域位置之前的区域发送预留信号；
或者，UE2就在UE1发送PUSCH子帧中的后半时隙中的第一个符号上发送自己的SRS信号；此时，可选地，也需要在LBT成功时刻后，所述发送SRS信号时域位置之前的区域发送预留信号。
或者，UE2可以在后续子帧中的任意子帧上发送自己的SRS信号，SRS信号在子帧中的发送位置(如，第一个符号，或者，最后一个符号，或者，前半时隙中的最后一个符号，或者，后半时隙中的第一个符号)，或者，基站在每个子帧上都指示是否发送SRS信号。
此外，UE2执行LBT的位置可以是UE1发送PUSCH子帧中的最后一个符号和/或倒数第二个符号。如果是最后一个符号，则UE2执行LBT位置和发送SRS的位置是时分方式。其中，SRS信号发送的频域位置与下个子帧中调度UE执行LBT的频域位置是频分方式的。如图8所示。
如果UE2执行LBT的位置为最后两个符号或倒数第二个符号，则，倒数第二个符号上仅需要空置或muting静默特定执行LBT或CCA的频域资源(RE)，其余频域资源上发送PUSCH，这样可以减少上行资源浪费。而最后一个符号上执行LBT的频域位置与倒数第二个符号上的LBT或CCA频域位置可以相同，也可以不同。优选地，最后两个符号上的执行LBT或CCA的频域资源位置相同。如果UE2在调度子帧中的倒数第二个符号内执行LBT成功，则在调度子帧中的最后一个符号上发送自身的SRS信号。若LBT成功时刻未到符号边界，则可以发送预留信号，其中，预留信号可以是SRS信号。如图9所示。
进一步地，UE发送SRS信号的子帧位置或符号位置或候选子帧位置可以通过以下方式之一获得：默认LBT成功后连续或离散的子帧上可以发送SRS信号，或者，基站指示给UE候选的子帧上可以发送SRS信号，或者，基站在每个子帧上指示给UE发送SRS信号，或者，默认在候选的子帧上可以发送SRS信号，但具体在候选哪个子帧上发送需要基站指示或者新的信令触发。
进一步地，上述UE执行LBT或CCA检测时域和/或频域位置，或者，发送SRS信号的时域和/或频域位置可以通过以下之一方式获取：基站和UE事先约定好，或者，预定义，或者，基站指示，或者，物理层DCI信令，或者，高层RRC信令。
进一步地，UE2执行LBT可以采用简化的LBT。如，LBT Cat2仅执行一个CCA duration时长，即只要检测信道空闲时间不小于CCA duration时间，即可获取非授权载波的使用权。其中，CCA duration时长可以是16+n*slot，n可以是0、1、2、3、4、5、6、7、8等正整数，slot为9us，优选n为0或1或2；或者，增强型LBT，其CCA检测起点可以是随机在一个预设时间内任意一个位置；或者，直接eCCA过程(其中，分为检测信道忙时是否进入defer peridod，或者，不进入defer peridod)；或者，竞争窗小的LBT Cat4，最大竞争窗可以为1、2、3、4、5、6、7等中一个，也分为检测信道忙时是否进入defer period，或者，不进入defer period。defer period是由16+n*slot组成，优选n为0或1或2，slot为9us。
方式2：UE2不用执行LBT直接发送SRS。
基站和UE事先预计或默认候选哪些子帧上UE可以发送SRS信号，这种情况，可能会出现UE可以发送SRS信号的子帧并不是本小区中UE或不是同运营商中的UE正在占用，从而导致UE发送的SRS基站接收不到或评估信道不准等问题；或者，基站在每个子帧上指示UE是否可以发送SRS，即基站会指示UE当前子帧为同小区或同运营商中的UE正在占用，则该UE可以不执行LBT直接在该子帧中的一个符号(第一个符号，或者，最后一个符号，或者，前半时隙中的最后一个符号，或者，后半时隙中的第一个符号)上发送SRS；或者，采用基站和UE事先预计或默认候选哪些子帧上UE可以发送SRS信号，在结合基站的信令指示确定在哪个子帧上发送SRS；或者，同小区或同运营商间已经成功占用信道的UE给其他UE通知交互占到信息(如采用D2D技术)，从而使得其他UE不用执行LBT而直接使用已经占到的UE的PUSCH资源中的符号发送自身的SRS；或者，通过盲检方式获取是否同小区或同运营商间已经成功占用信道而确定发送自身的SRS。
PUSCH开始传输从时隙或符号边界开始，其UE1的PUSCH与UE2的SRS复用传输方式处理方式同上。
此外，如果在PUSCH开始传输时刻点之前未能完成LBT/CCA，则UE继续LBT/CCA检测，直到成功竞争到非授权载波，则发送PUSCH，和/或，发送SRS信号。SRS信号发送的子帧为LBT成功时刻后的一个或多个子帧中的一个子帧中的一个符号，其SRS发送子帧或符号可以按照上述几种所述方法确定。或者，发送SRS信号所执行的LBT中检测信道忙的次数大于预设值时，则触发UE重新产生一个小于当前随机回退值N的新N值，或者，触发UE在当前N值基础上进行一定数值量的递减操作(其中，递减的数值量一定要不大于当前N值)，或者，触发执行一个CCA duration长度的信道检测，如检测信道空闲，则可以认为获取非授权载波使用权，可以进行上行传输或SRS信号发送。或者，只要最后一个CCA检测信道空闲，即便在PUSCH开始传输时刻未能完成LBT过程，也可以认为获取非授权载波使用权，可以进行上行传输或SRS信号发送。这种方式适用于本发明中任何实施例中，或者，可能的解决提高UE接入信道成功概率，从而发送PUSCH，SRS 或PRACH的情况。
本实施例中，涉及到的PUSCH打掉那个符号或符号中的哪些频域资源，或者，SRS信号发送时域和/或频域位置，或者，候选的SRS信号发送时域和/或频域位置，或者，PUSCH从哪个符号开始传输，或者，LBT或CCA检测时域和/或频域位置，或者，相关指示信息(包含UE不用执行LBT发送相关消息的指示信息)都可以通过以下方式获取：基站和UE事先预定好，或者，基站指示给UE，或者，预定义，或者，物理层信令通知，如DCI或公共DCI，或者，高层RRC信令通知。
实施例四：
该优选实施例中，给出一种非授权载波上用户设备独立发送探测参考信号SRS的方法。
根据非授权载波的特殊性，如果UE在非授权载波上进行传输，就需要先执行LBT/CCA获取到非授权载波的使用权。对于上行，一旦执行LBT/CCA成功，则至少连续传输1ms。而此时UE没有数据要发送(即没有PUSCH传输)或很少的数据量，则如果UE要发送SRS信号，且SRS信号在时域上仅占用一个OFDM符号，仍需要满足至少传输1ms的管制要求。
基于上述，UE可以按照以下之一方式满足1ms管制要求：
方式一：若LBT或CCA成功时刻未到符号边界，则可以在LBT/CCA成功时刻后第一个部分OFDM符号上发送部分SRS信号(即截断的SRS信号)。在LBT/CCA成功时刻后1ms时间内该UE可以连续发送自身的SRS信号，或者，发送预留信号(可以发送全带宽或部分带宽的预留信号)以占满1ms时长。如图10所示。
其中，为了其他UE可以复用资源，成功完成LBT/CCA的UE可以在频域特定位置上发送预留信号或自己的SRS信号，其中，在同小区或同运营商下共享的LBT/CCA位置上不发送任何信号。这里，优选地，成功完成LBT或CCA的UE发送自己的SRS在SRS频域资源区域上，而预留出的频域资源(该频域资源与SRS频域资源区域是频分的方式共同占满整个带宽或整个 带宽中的部分频域资源)是用于其他UE进行LBT或CCA检测的。具体SRS或LBT，或者，预留信号与LBT操作在同一个符号上的处理方式都可以采用实施例五中的方法。其中，预留信号可以是SRS信号。若其他UE在预留的LBT/CCA位置检测到信道空闲，则可以在LBT/CCA成功后的第一个部分或完成符号上发送自身SRS信号，其他UE发送自身SRS信号的频域资源位置为SRS频域资源区域内。其他UE以此类推，采用上述方式发送自身的SRS信号。此时，1ms时间相当于SRS子帧资源。
如图11所示，UE1成功执行LBT/CCA的时刻未到符号边界，则UE1在LBT/CCA成功的时刻到符号边界之间的资源上发送自己的SRS信号，而在符号边界后持续的1ms时间内对应频域是由发送自身的SRS信号对应的频域资源/预留信号对应的频域资源(预留信号可以是SRS信号)，以及空余的资源构成整个频域资源。这里，空余的资源的全部或部分特定的资源是用于预留给其他UE进行LBT/CCA检测。其中，特定的用于执行LBT/CCA的频域资源对于同小区UE或同运营商中的UE共享的。LBT或CCA频域资源图样可以采用SRS信号的对应的频域图样。UE2在对应的LBT/CCA时频位置上检测信道空闲，则可以在LBT/CCA成功后的第一个部分或完整符号上发送自身的SRS信号。其中，预留信号可以是SRS信号，且一个UE发送预留信号的时域长度可以至少持续一个OFDM符号长度，最长可以是12或14个OFDM符号时长。此外，UE2发送自身SRS信号的频域资源位置是SRS频域资源集合中的资源。
方式二：无论LBT或CCA成功时刻是否到符号边界，SRS信号都在LBT/CCA成功时刻后连续1ms时间内的第一个OFDM符号或最后一个符号或前半时隙中的最后一个符号或后半时隙中的第一个符号上或1ms时间内任意一个符号上发送。方式二与方式一不同之处在于，对于LBT/CCA成功时刻未到符号边界情况，在成功时刻到符号边界间的空白处填充预留信号。1ms时间内出发送SRS信号的时域位置外的其余时域位置上发送自己的SRS信号或预留信号，对于SRS信号或预留信号均在对应的SRS频域资源或预留信号频域资源区域，复用的UE则在除SRS频域资源或预留信号频域资源区域外的用于执行LBT或CCA的频域资源对应的区域上进行信道空闲检测。 其中，如果UE在除SRS信号时域符号外的1ms剩余符号上发送预留信号时，此时，整个1ms时间内的整个带宽中部分或全部频域资源是由发送SRS的频域资源区域和/或预留信号频域资源区域和LBT/CCA频域资源区域组成。如果UE在除SRS信号时域符号外的1ms剩余符号上发送依然发送自身的SRS时，此时，整个1ms时间内的整个带宽中部分或全部频域资源是由发送SRS的频域资源区域和LBT/CCA频域资源区域组成。
例如，UE在成功竞争到非授权载波的使用权后，立刻在LBT成功后的第一个符号上发送SRS信号，而在SRS信号后的符号上发送预留信号，直到满足1ms管制要求。如图12所示。此外，UE也可以从LBT成功时刻后开始发送预留信号，而直到预设的SRS发送符号上发送SRS，剩余1ms的时域上也可以发送预留信号。其中，发送SRS信号的符号位置可以通过基站指示，或者，预定义，或者，高层RRC信令通知，或者，物理层信令DCI通知。1ms内预设SRS发送符号位置可以是第一个符号或最后一个符号或前半时隙中的最后一个符号或后半时隙中的第一个符号上或任意符号上发送。如图12所示。
此外，UE也可以不满足1ms管制要求，即针对UE无PUSCH但需要发送SRS情况修改1ms管制要求，其SRS信号的发送方式如下：
方式一：可以不局限于一个UE1一旦完成LBT/CCA就必须连续占用1ms时长，而仅占用一个或多个OFDM符号的时长。UE在完成LBT/CCA后，直接在第一个部分或完成的符号上发送自身的SRS信号。其中，发送SRS信号的时域内对应的频域上除了发送SRS信号外，还需要预留出共享LBT/CCA频域检测位置。
此外，SRS信号的发送可以不执行LBT，而是采用SCS方式发送，只要满足发送符号时长占总时长的百分比在5％以内。可以在总时长内任意位置或固定或SRS周期点上发送SRS信号。其中，SRS可以占用一个或多个符号时长，是否满足百分比取决于总的时长。比如，总时长为1ms时，SRS信号发送时长可以为小于和/或等于1个符号的长度。
本实施例中提供的几种方式中UE执行LBT/CCA操作可以是限制在一定区域内执行，或者，不限制在一定区域内执行。
对于限定LBT执行位置情况，如果LBT或CCA检测位于子帧中的最后一个OFDM符号或调度子帧的前一子帧的最后一个OFDM符号或基站指示发送SRS子帧或候选子帧之前子帧的最后一个符号内时，若UE在限定的一个符号内完成LBT，则SRS可以SRS子帧或基站指示子帧或默认发送SRS的子帧或调度子帧上的最后一个符号，或，第一个符号，或，前半时隙的最后一个符号，或，后半时隙的第一个符号上发送，子帧中的其余符号上发送预留信号，即满足1ms管制要求。
若LBT或CCA检测位于子帧中的第一个OFDM符号或调度子帧的第一OFDM符号或基站指示发送SRS子帧或候选子帧的第一OFDM符号或基站指示发送SRS子帧或候选子帧第一OFDM符号内时，若UE在限定的一个符号内完成LBT，则SRS可以SRS子帧或基站指示子帧或默认发送SRS的子帧或调度子帧上的最后一个符号，或，前半时隙的最后一个符号，或，后半时隙的第一个符号上发送，子帧中的除执行LBT的一个符号和发送SRS信号的一个符号外的其余符号上发送预留信号，即也满足1ms管制要求。其余限定LBT位置和不限定LBT位置情况也可以采用该方式。
实施例五：
在该优选实施例中，给出LBT或CCA检测的频域图样设计方法，以及当探测参考信号SRS与LBT在同一个OFDM符号时，SRS信号的频域发送资源和LBT频域执行位置之间的关系。
LBT或CCA检测的频域图样可以是RE级图样，或者，PRB级图样，或者，RBG级图样，或者，子带级图样。优选地，LBT或CCA频域图样采用RE级图样。
进一步地，LBT或CCA检测频域图样可以采用ZP-CSI频域图样，或者，SRS频域图样，或者，整个带宽上部分或全部资源上具有一定间隔的资源图样，例如，奇数/偶数RE或PRB(或PRB中的RE)或RBG(或RBG中的RE)或子带(或子带中的RE)对应为LBT或CCA检测的频域资源图样。
下面将以SRS频域图样作为LBT或CCA检测图样来举例说明其图样设计思路。
目前协议中规定，在频域上，SRS传输需要覆盖频域调度器所关心的频 段，其可以通过传输一个宽带的SRS，当个SRS就足以探寻整个所关心的频段。也可以通过传输多次窄带的在频域上跳频的SRS实现整个带宽内的信道质量测量，即在某一时刻仅对一个较小的频带发送SRS进行探测，而在下一个时刻则跳到另一个频带进行探测，以此类推，就可以逐步对整个***带宽进行信道探测。
进一步地，SRS信号发送是按照每隔1个或3个子载波的，形成一个梳齿comb的频域图样。如图13和图14所示。图13为子载波间隔为1的SRS频域图样，而图14为子载波间隔为3的SRS频域图样。
基于上述给出的SRS信号频域图样可以有四个不同的频域图样：分别以子载波索引x，x+1，x+2，x+3开始，子载波间隔为3，整个带宽的全部或部分组成的子载波频域图样。LBT或CCA频域图样可以采用SRS信号发送频域图样集合中的之一。该LBT或CCA频域图样可以是小区级，也可以是UE级的。
优选地，UE获取或确定LBT或CCA检测图样可以通过以下之一方式：高层RRC配置，或者，物理层信令DCI通知，或者，基站给UE指示，或者，基站和UE事先约定，或者，预定义。即通过上述信令通知或指示或约定UE可以确定执行LBT或CCA检测图样或图样是SRS频域图样集合中的哪一个。
以图14为例说明，假定UE执行LBT或CCA检测的频域图样是对于SRS中kTC为0对应的频域资源，则UE在执行LBT或CCA时就在对应kTC为0的频域资源上。而UE发送SRS信号频域位置则就在剩余的SRS频域资源集合中发送，如，kTC为1，2，3对应的频域资源上发送。
由于SRS发送可以是子带的或全带宽的，这里，由于LBT或CCA检测采用SRS信号的频域图样，则优选地，SRS采用全带宽发送。
此外，如果LBT或CCA检测不按照SRS频域图样，或者，SRS信号在整个带宽是满配时，由于SRS信号全带宽发送最多占用96个PRB，则按照20MHz带宽来看，频带两端各空余4个PRB也可以用于LBT CCA检测。
实施例六：
该优选实施例中，对于下行基站eNB侧，本实施例提供了一种发送SRS信号的方法。
具体可以在以下之一情况下现实SRS信号或序列的发送：
情况1：基站eNB发送预留信号期间，基站eNB或用户设备UE发送SRS信号。
针对于下行传输从子帧边界开始(即下行传输从子帧中符号索引0开始)，若基站执行先听后说LBT机制/CCA(如：LBT Cat4，或者，defer period+eCCA(竞争窗可以是指数变化或固定窗)，或者，LBT Cat3，或者，LBT Cat2)成功获取到非授权载波的使用权，且成功完成LBT/CCA时刻点在子帧边界之前，则再此期间基站需要从LBT/CCA成功时刻开始发送占用信号/初始信号/预留信号直到子帧边界。其中，占用信号/初始信号/预留信号可以是由CRS、PSS/SSS、SRS等上行和/或下行参考信号或信道中至少之一组成。
对于基站侧，在成功抢占到非授权载波的时刻后，基站需要发送预留信号或初始信号占住信道直到传输时刻。其中，基站可以在发送预留信号或初始信号期间中的任意或固定位置上发送SRS信号，其他符号上可以发送PDCCH和/或CRS或PSS/SSS或无用信号或指示信或预留信号，或者，把SRS信号或序列可以作为占用信号/初始信号/预留信号中的一部分或全部用于占住信道。此外，为了实现下行频率重用，则检测的基站可以识别占用信号/初始信号/预留信号内容，或者，在预留信号期内的公共LBT/CCA检测图样上进行检测，从而判断信道是否可用或空闲。其中，公共LBT/CCA对应的频域资源是与上述预留信号(预留信号可以包括其中至少之一：PDCCH和/或CRS或PSS/SSS或SRS等)对应的频域资源之间通过频分方式共存的。检测信道空闲的方法为在公共的LBT CCA图样对应的频域资源上检测到的信道能量小于预设的CCA检测门限A(如：-62dBm)，则认为非授权载波可用。和/或，进一步地，提升CCA检测门限为B，在整个带宽或者占用信号/初始信号/预留信号对应的频域资源上检测信道能量是否满足提升后的CCA检测B，如果大于CCA检测门限A且小于CCA检测门限B，则认为非 授权载波可用复用。反之，如果大于CCA检测门限B，则认为非授权载波不满足复用条件，信道不可用。此外，如果检测到的信道能量大于预设的CCA检测门限A，则认为信道不可用。上述预留信号和公共的CCA检测图样可以通过频分的方式占满整个带宽，也可以不占满整个带宽。
对于UE侧，基于基站eNB发送的CRS或是PDCCH来触发UE进行SRS信号的发送。SRS信号可以在UE检测到CRS或指示信号或PDCCH后的第一个OFDM符号上发送，或者，在子帧中的最后一个OFDM符号上发送，或者，在预定义的位置上发送。频域上可以在基站发送的预留信号外的资源上发送，进一步地，预留信号外的资源中除去公共LBT/CCA位置的资源上发送。
针对于下行传输从时隙边界开始(下行传输可能开始的时隙边界为0、3、4、7)，与上述不同之处在于，基站完成LBT/CCA的时刻若早于第一个可能传输时刻点，或者，完成LBT/CCA的时刻晚于第一个可能传输时刻点，且早于下一个传输时刻点，或者，完成LBT/CCA的时刻晚于下一个可能传输时刻点，且早于下下一个传输时刻点或子帧边界，等等，则需要发送占用信号/初始信号/预留信号直到最近的一个可能的传输时刻点。同理，基站侧可以采用SRS信号作为占用信号/初始信号/预留信号，进一步地，SRS信号可以仅占预留信号时域和/或频域中全部或是一部分。而对于UE侧则可以根据相应的CRS或PDCCH或是PSS/SSS或指示信息等在特定的位置发送SRS信号。发送SRS信号的特定位置可以是预定义的，或者，检测到相应触发信息之后的第一个符号，或者，检测到相应的触发信息之后在所在子帧中的最后一个符号上，或者，子帧中两个时隙中的第一个或最后一个符号上。此外，如果基站和UE共享同一套LBT/CCA检测和/或占用信号/初始信号/预留信号图样，则UE可以在对应的LBT/CCA检测图样和/或LBT/CCA资源外的资源上或整个带宽上检测信道是否信道可用或空闲的条件，其检测信道可用或空闲的方法同上。满足条件的UE可以在LBT/CCA成功后的第一个OFDM符号，或者，子帧中两个时隙中的第一个或最后一个符号上，或者，预定义的位置上发送SRS信号。频域上，UE可以仅在LBT/CCA检测对应的频域资源，或者，除占用信号/初始信号/预留信号图样以外的资源上，或者，在 LBT/CCA检测和/或占用信号/初始信号/预留信号图样以外的资源发送。
一种特例是下行无数据(PDSCH)传输，基站需要发送占用信号/初始信号/预留信号直到直到某一时域位置(某一时域位置可以是上行可能开始传输的时刻点(符号0，符号1，符号4，符号7中至少之一)，或者，上行LBT/CCA检测区域开始)。这里，基站发送的占用信号/初始信号/预留信号中的部分或者全部可以采用SRS序列。对于UE侧，可以在特定时域位置上发送SRS信号。其中，特定时域位置为子帧中的第一个OFDM符号，或者，上行中的固定或发送SRS的周期点上，或者，时隙中的第一个或最后一个符号上，或者，LBT成功时刻后的第一个部分或完整符号，或者，UL LBT在下行子帧或DwPTS中执行，则SRS可以在下行剩余部分或完整符号或DwPTS中部分或完整的符号上或GP或UpPTS中的任意或固定部分或一个或多个完整符号上发送，或者，UL LBT在GP中执行，则SRS可以在剩余GP和/或UpPTS中的任意或固定的一个或多个符号上发送。此外，UE在开始传输之前可以执行一个简单的LBT/CCA检测，也可以不执行LBT/CCA检测。
情况2：基站eNB进行下行传输期间，基站eNB或用户设备UE发送SRS信号。
针对于下行有数据PDSCH传输情况，基站在PDSCH传输期间为了其他同运营商下的基站能够复用，发送PDSCH的基站会预留特定的时频域位置上用于检测的基站进行LBT/CCA。其中，特定的时域位置可以为预定义的，或者，高层RRC信令通知，或者，物理层DCI通知获得。其中，时域资源位置优选地为子帧中的最后k个符号，k可以为1、2、3等。频域上可以是整个带宽，或者，由特定的LBT/CCA频域图样+占用信号/初始信号/预留信号图样组成的整个频域，或者，特定的LBT/CCA频域图样+占用信号/初始信号/预留信号图样+PDSCH组成的整个频域。其中，占用信号/初始信号/预留信号图样可以是SRS信号(序列)或SRS图样。此外，UE也可以在对应预留的LBT/CCA时域位置上执行LBT，成功后在LBT/CCA对应的频域资源上或除LBT/CCA对应的频域资源上外的资源上或除LBT/CCA对应的频域资源和预留信号的资源外的资源上发送自身SRS信号，或者，在指定的符号位置上发送SRS信号。其中，指定的符号可以是下行传输期内子帧中第一个 符号，或者，最后一个符号上，或者，时隙中的第一个或最后一个符号上或子帧中预定义或eNB和UE预定的任意之一符号上。频域上仅预留与发送SRS信号的资源即可，其余资源上可以发送PDSCH。
针对于下行数据(PDSCH)很少，在基站成功完成LBT/CCA检测之后，给UE发送指示信息(指示信息可以是初始信号或预留信号)，收到指示信息的UE可以在预定义，或者，指示信息指定的位置，或者，SRS发送周期点上，或者，在收到指示信息后第一个部分或完整符号上发送SRS信号。所述指示信息可以CRS、PSS/SSS、PDCCH、Offset(子帧索引号和/或符号索引号)等至少之一。此外，基站侧在传输burst内提前完成数据发送，则可以发送占用信号/预留信号，其中，占用信号/预留信号可以是SRS信号或序列。
情况3：基站eNB在发送DRS期间，基站eNB或用户设备UE发送SRS信号。
根据DRS的组成以及时域上的图样可知，在DRS的空置符号上也可以发送SRS信号或序列。其中，DRS的组成包括但不限于以下至少之一：主同步信号(PSS)，辅同步信号(SSS)，小区专有参考信号(CRS)，信道状态信息-参考信号(CSI-RS)，位置参考信号(PRS)。
对于基站侧，eNB可以在空闲的符号上发送占用信号或预留信号，其中，占用信号或预留信号可以是SRS信号或序列。
而对于UE而言，UE可以按照DRS图样位置信息，在预定义位置，或者，检测到DRS组成信号中之一后，在后面的第一个空闲的资源上发送SRS信号，或者，按照公共的LBT/CCA图样检测，在LBT/CCA成功后第一个部分或完整符号上发送SRS。如果LBT/CCA成功后的符号上有DRS组成中之一的信号，则SRS可以在该符号上空余资源上发送。反之，在可以在空余符号上任意资源，或者，占用信号或预留信号之外的资源上发送，或者，占用信号或预留信号和LBT/CCA图样之外的资源上发送。所述公共的LBT/CCA频域资源是除DRS组成信号中至少之一外的资源中一部分或全部。其中，在不同符号上，因为发送的DRS中组成信号的频域位置或图样不同，从而使得公共的LBT/CCA检测图样在不同图样上可以不同，也可能是相同。
情况4：基站eNB在下行传输即将结束情况下，基站eNB或用户设备 UE发送SRS信号。
对于下行完整子帧情况，UE检测到下行传输结束，或者，基站通知UE传输burst结束位置，UE在下行传输即将结束开始或空闲至少一个Gap时长(如，16us，25u或34us)后开始执行LBT/CCA检测，成功执行LBT/CCA检测的UE则可以发送SRS信号。发送SRS信号的位置可以是LBT/CCA成功后的第一个符号，子帧中最后一个符号，前半帧中的第一个或最后一个符号，后半帧中的第一个或最后一个符号。或者，UE不执行LBT/CCA检测直接在下行burst结束之后第一个部分或完整的符号上发送SRS信号，或也可以是Gap后的第一个部分或完整的符号，子帧中的第一个、最后一个、每个时隙中第一个或最后一个符号，周期性发送SRS的符号等上发送SRS信号。此外，如果eNB的数据发送结束时刻早于传输burst的结束时刻，则在eNB传输结束后到burst结束这段时间，UE可在结束符号后第一个符号上直接发送SRS信号，或者，在结束符号后一个Gap时长后第一个符号上发送SRS信号，或者，UE可以执行在eNB结束位置开始执行LBT/CCA，此时UE只要执行一个CCA duration时长(如：25us，或34us)检测到信道空闲，即可在LBT/CCA成功时刻后的第一个部分或完整符号上发送SRS信号。
对于下行部分子帧情况，即部分子帧在传输末尾，则基站可以通知UE下行传输结束位置。根据eNB的通知或指示的信息，则UE在下行传输结束位置后，且进行信号发送或上行传输之前可以先执行LBT/CCA检测，成功执行LBT/CCA检测的UE可以发送SRS信号。其中。发送SRS信号的位置可以是LBT/CCA成功后的第一个符号，子帧(即部分子帧)中最后一个符号，子帧前半帧中最后一个符号，子帧中的后半帧中的第一个或最后一个OFDM符号，部分子帧后第一个完整子帧中第一个符号，部分子帧后第一个完整子帧中前半帧中的第一个或最后一个符号，部分子帧后第一个完整子帧中后半帧中的第一个或最后一个符号，发送SRS信号的最近的周期点中之一。或者，也可以不执行LBT/CCA检测直接发送SRS信号。发送SRS信号的位置，可以是下行部分子帧结束后的第一个部分或完整的符号，子帧中的第一个、最后一个、每个时隙中第一个或最后一个符号，周期性发送SRS的符号之一上发送SRS信号。
实施例七：
该优选实施例中，调整发送SRS信号所执行LBT机制的竞争窗大小，或者，调整LBT机制，以及发送SRS信号所执行的LBT机制和对于上行部分子帧时PUCCH结构设计。
第一内容：发送SRS信号所执行LBT可采用的机制或参数配置。即SRS信号发送所执行的LBT可以为下述之一：
LBT Cat2，即检测信道连续空闲时间不小于CCA duration时长，则认为获取到非授权载波的使用权。其中，CCA duration时长可以16us+n*slot时长，n为大于等于0的整数，优选地，n为1、2、3等。slot时长为9us。即CCA duration可以为16us，或者，25us，34us等，还可以为9us，或，4us。
增强的LBT Cat2，与LBT Cat2的区别在于，CCA检测的起点可以在一定时间段内随机选择。有利于异步***间竞争接入信道的公平性。例如，假定一定时间段为10，可以分为10小段，每个小段占用1，则传输设备1可以在10小段中的第3小段起点作为自己CCA检测的起点，而传输设备2则可以固定配置10小段中的第7小段起点作为自己CCA检测的起点。即不同传输设备可以随机选择CCA检测起点，也可以固定配置不同的起点位置。
直接eCCA过程。即eCCA过程是由N个slot过程，以及当slot检测到信道忙时，进入defer period或不进入defer period。N为随机回退值，N在[0,p]之间随机产生的一个整数，p在[CWmin,CWmax]之间随机产生的一个整数。此外，N可以是基站指示给UE，或预定义。优选地，N可以为1、2、3。最大竞争窗CWmax可以为[1,63]之间的正整数。具体eCCA过程为：
步骤1：产生随机回退值N。
步骤2：判断当前N是否大于0。如果大于0，则进入步骤3。如果等于0，则认为获取到非授权载波使用权。此时，如果UE还没有执行一次slot检测，或，没有进入到eCCA过程，则需要重设随机回退值N，进入步骤1。
步骤3：传输设备在slot内检测信道是否空闲，如果信道空闲，则进入步骤4。或者，如果检测到信道忙，则进入defer period，即步骤5，或者， 直接不进入defer period，而直接重复步骤3。
步骤4：执行N值递减一定数量值操作。其中，一定数量值可以是预定义，或，基站指示，或，基站和UE事先约定。优选地，N＝N-1。进入步骤2。
步骤5：检测defer period内信道是否空闲，如果评估信道空闲，则进入步骤4。如果检测信道忙，重复步骤5。
defer period+eCCA过程。与直接eCCA过程不同之处在于，传输设备要先执行一个defer period的时长，如果defer period内检测信道空闲，则再进入到eCCA过程。defer period是由16us+n*slot组成，n为大于等于0的整数，优选地，n为0、1、2、3等。slot时长为9us。随机回退值N在[0,p]之间随机产生的一个整数，p在[CWmin,CWmax]之间随机产生的一个整数。此外，N可以是基站指示给UE，或预定义。优选地，N可以为0、1、2、3。最大竞争窗CWmax可以为[1,63]之间的正整数。
具体eCCA过程为：
步骤1：在defer period内检测信道是否空闲。如果检测到信道空闲，则进入步骤2，或者，可以认为获取到非授权载波的使用权，开始进行传输。如果检测信道为忙，则重复步骤1。
步骤2：产生随机回退值N。
步骤3：判断当前N是否大于0。如果大于0，则进入步骤4。如果等于0，则认为获取到非授权载波使用权。
步骤4：执行N值递减一定数量值操作。其中，一定数量值可以是预定义，或，基站指示，或，基站和UE事先约定。优选地，N＝N-1。
步骤5：判断当前N是否等于0，如果大于0，则进入步骤6。如果等于0，则认为获取到非授权载波使用权。
步骤6：传输设备在slot内检测信道是否空闲，如果信道空闲，则进入步骤3。或者，如果检测到信道忙，则进入defer period，即步骤1，或者，直接不进入defer period，而直接重复步骤6。
第二内容：调整发送SRS信号所执行LBT机制的竞争窗大小，或者， 调整LBT机制。
根据发送SRS信号所执行LBT失败的次数是否达到预设的门限值，调整UE发送SRS信号的LBT竞争窗大小。比如，假定预设的门限值为3，则如果同一个UE不间断连续采用最大竞争窗为15的LBT过程进行信道接入，则在第三次LBT失败后，立马减少执行LBT所采用的竞争窗为7。以此类推，直到竞争窗已经调整到最小值或直到SRS发送窗结束或预设可发送SRS信号的最大次数，UE依然未能获取到非授权载波而发送SRS信号，则停止执行LBT，直到下一个SRS周期点，或时间窗。反之，如果UE在调整LBT竞争窗大小后，成功接入到非授权载波并发送SRS信号，则恢复到最初的竞争窗大小。或者，也可以根据LBT失败的次数可以调整执行LBT的机制。若开始采用LBT Cat4(如，defer period+eCCA过程)，且LBT失败次数大于预设值，则可以采用无随机回退机制，如，LBT Cat2。或者，在SRS子帧位置前未能完成LBT过程，则如果当前N值满足预设门限值，或者，最后一次CCA检测空闲，则可以认为传输设备获取到非授权载波的使用权。
其中，所述预设门限值可以通过基站指示，或者，预定义，或者，基站和UE事先约定的方式获取。
第三内容：上行部分子帧时PUCCH结构设计。
此外，对于上行部分子帧情况，PUCCH的结构可以按照频域扩展，时域压缩的方式修改。比如，完整子帧时，PUCCH占频带两端各一个PRB资源，而对于部分子帧情况，根据部分子帧开始的位置不同，PUCCH频域扩展的比例不同。如，如果从符号索引7(子帧中的符号索引从0开始)开始，则PUCCH占频域两端的2个PRB。即PUCCH占用频域两端PRB的数目可以为14/子帧中剩余符号数目。例如，部分子帧从符号索引11开始，则PUCCH占频率两端的PRB数目为14/3大于为4或5个PRB。如果部分子帧上要发送SRS信号时，SRS所在符号上不发送PUCCH。也可以SRS仅在除PUCCH所占频域资源以外的频域资源上发送。或者，在部分子帧中设计新的时隙关系，在每个新的时隙上PUCCH依然存在Hopping。例如，部分子帧中符号7开始，则将前3个符号作为部分子帧中的前半时隙，接下来的3个符号作为部分子帧中的后半时隙，最后一个符号上发送SRS。在PUCCH频域资源之 间的资源上可以发送PUSCH，或者，直接PUCCH占用整个带宽，或者，发送占用信号或是预留信号或初始信息等。
实施例八：
在该优选实施例中，提供一种增加或提高SRS信号发送机会的方法。
首先，SRS信号可以在特定的资源上进行发送，这里，特定的资源可以是周期性出现，或者，非周期性触发出现，或者，周期与非周期性相结合出现的资源。例如，SRS可以按照预设固定的周期、偏移进行发送。在所述特定的资源位置上进行SRS信号发送的前提是传输设备(如，用户设备UE)必须满足LBT/CCA成功的条件才能够进行发送。也就是说，传输设备(如，用户设备UE)必须在特定的资源位置前竞争到非授权载波，才能在特定的资源位置上进行发送。反之，如果传输设备在特定的资源位置前执行LBT失败或未竞争到非授权载波，则不能在当前特定的资源位置进行SRS信号发送。所述特定的资源可以通过以下之一获取：高层RRC信令配置，或者，物理层DCI配置，或者，基站和UE事先约定的，或者，基站指示给UE，或者，预定义。
具体地，传输设备(如，用户设备UE)在竞争到非授权载波的情况下，在当前特定的资源上正常发送SRS。如果传输设备在未竞争到非授权载波的情况下，则在当前特定的资源上停止发送SRS，而等待到下一个特定的资源。如果在下个特定的资源前还未竞争到非授权载波的使用权，则继续停止发送SRS。或者，
传输设备在竞争到非授权载波的情况下，在当前特定的资源上正常发送SRS。在未竞争到非授权载波的情况下，则在当前特定的资源上停止发送SRS，而在竞争到非授权载波后，补充发送SRS，所述补发SRS信号的位置不一定是特定发送SRS的资源。即可以延迟发送，这种发送方式实际上是一种不规则的发送。可选地，SRS也可以在特定的资源之前提前发送SRS信号。其中，特定的资源是用于发送SRS的子帧，或者，OFDM符号。通常SRS信号在子帧中的最后一个符号上发送，可选地，也可以在子帧中的第一个符号或前半时隙中最后一个符号或后半时隙中的第一个符号上发送，也可以在 根据LBT成功时刻后的第一个符号，或者，第一个子帧中的第一个，或者，最后一个符号，或者，LBT成功时刻所在子帧中的最后一个符号，或者，第一个子帧中前和/后半时隙上的第一个或最后一个符号上发送。这里补充发送SRS的位置是根据LBT成功时刻确定，或者，为候选的发送SRS资源位置，即为本发明中的所述的第二时域资源。
进一步地，为了增加或提高发送SRS的成功率或者增加发送SRS的机会，确保上行传输定时以及便于基站进行信道测量分配瞬时信道状况好的RB给UE，可以采用以下方式之一：
方式一：缩短SRS发送周期。目前协议中规定，授权载波上UE发送周期为2ms、5ms、10ms、20ms、40ms、80ms、160ms、320ms。小区级配置的SRS发送周期，对于FDD***，周期为1ms、2ms、5ms、10ms；而对于TDD***，周期为5ms和10ms。对于非授权载波上的SRS发送周期除了上述小区级和UE级配置以外，还可以缩短SRS的配置周期，比如，缩短后的周期为0.5ms，甚至可以配置更小的，小到每个OFDM符号上都可以发送SRS信号，如SRS子帧，即整个子帧中的每个符号上都可以用于发送SRS信号。又如：如果SRS发送周期为0.5ms，那么在一段时间内(例如10ms之内)成功发送一次SRS信号的概率便会大大增加。所述缩短的SRS发送周期可以是UE级，也可以配置为小区级。进一步地，所述缩短的SRS周期可以由高层RRC配置，或者，物理层DCI配置，或者，基站与UE事先约定好的，或者，基站指示给UE，或者，预定义。此外，也可以根据配置的特定的SRS资源前执行LBT失败的次数来触发缩短的SRS周期。
方式二：通过设计SRS发送时间窗来增加或提高SRS信号发送机会。SRS发送时间窗可以位于配置的SRS资源之后，或者，之前，或者，SRS发送窗可以包含配置的SRS资源。此外，SRS发送时间窗内用于发送SRS的候选时域资源可以在时域上连续的，也可以是在时域上不连续的。SRS发送时间窗内第一个候选的SRS时域资源与时间窗起点之间偏移一个偏移量。优选地，所述偏移量可以为0。
SRS发送时间窗可以是周期性出现的，即每个发送SRS周期内都可以存在一个或多个SRS发送时间窗。如果传输设备在SRS周期时间点上没有竞 争到非授权载波资源，在下一个SRS周期时间点之前，可以在本SRS周期时间点之后的SRS发送时间窗内候选的SRS资源位置前依次尝试竞争非授权载波。如果传输设备在时间窗内候选的SRS资源位置前竞争到非授权载波，则在LBT成功时刻后第一个候选SRS资源位置上发送SRS信号。此时，传输设备发送SRS信号的下一次发送机会需要等到下一个SRS周期时间点。如果在所述SRS发送时间窗内的候选SRS资源位置前一直没有竞争到非授权载波，即在SRS发送窗内尝试发送SRS失败，则下一次发送机会需要等到预设的下一个SRS周期时间点。这里所述的SRS周期点或者时间窗内候选的SRS资源可以认为是发送SRS的子帧位置，但发送SRS信号的具体时域位置优选地为子帧的最后一个符号，可选地，为子帧中的第一个符号。上述执行LBT/CCA的位置优选地在SRS周期点或者时间窗内候选的SRS资源位置前一子帧中最后一个或两个符号。可选地，LBT/CCA位置也可以位于子帧的第一个符号，或者，子帧中的第一个和最后一个符号。其中，这里的周期点就是本实施例中所述特定的资源，或者，为本发明中所述的第一时域资源。所述SRS发送时间窗内的用于发送SRS的资源为本发明中所述的第三时域资源。
方式三：采用设置双周期来增加或提高SRS信号发送机会。例如，在预设的长周期外，设置短周期来尝试补充发送SRS信号。如果在预设的长周期的周期点上发送SRS失败，则可以在后续的短周期的周期点上继续尝试发送SRS。如果在预设的长周期的周期点上发送SRS成功，则下次SRS发送机会需要等到下一个预设的长周期的周期点上，即不需要执行后续的短周期的周期点上尝试发送。
针对上述三种SRS发送方式进行举例说明：
假设配置SRS的发送周期TSRS为20ms，SRS Configuration Index Isrs为30，偏移量Toffset为5ms，则发送周期性SRS的子帧必须满足(10·nf+kSRS-Toffset)mod TSRS＝0，即在周期为20ms内第二个帧内的子帧#5为发送SRS的子帧。那么，SRS发送可能的时间点为子帧5(即子帧索引号为5)、子帧25(即下一个20ms周期内的第一个帧中的子帧5)、子帧45等。其中，SRS信号仅在上述子帧中的最后一个OFDM符号上发送，即SRS在时域上 持续为1个OFDM符号(大约71us)长度(即一个周期内只有一个发送SRS机会)。
在上述周期点上能否发送SRS完全取决于UE在非授权载波上的LBT/CCA检测结果。例如：如果UE在上述子帧5前竞争到非授权载波，则在子帧5上进行SRS信号发送。而如果UE在子帧5上未能竞争上非授权载波，则停止在子帧5上发送SRS信号。而继续在下一个周期点(如，子帧25)上尝试竞争非授权载波的使用权，如果依然执行LBT失败，则UE在子帧25上同样不能进行SRS信号发送，只能等到下一个机会竞争到子帧45资源时才能发送SRS。通常，SRS信号在子帧中的最后一个符号上发送，即如果在上述子帧5，或者，子帧25，或者，子帧45等任意一个子帧前执行LBT成功，则就在LBT成功后第一个周期点上发送。进一步地，SRS信号可以在周期点(如，周期点为子帧位置)上的第一个符号，和/或，最后一个符号，和/或，前和/或后半时隙的第一个和/或最后一个符号。执行LBT的位置优选地为发送SRS信号所在子帧前子帧的最后k个符号，其中，k可以为1、2。或者，也可以不限定CCA检测位置，只要在配置的SRS发送位置前执行LBT成功即可。若LBT成功时刻早于SRS发送位置则在LBT成功时刻到SRS发送子帧前的空白处发送预留信号或者初始信号或者占用信号。其中，预留信号或者初始信号或者占用信号可以在整个带宽中的部分资源上发送，部分资源可以是整个带宽上等间隔和/或不等间隔的RB或RE或RBG或子带级资源组成。
针对上述方式一，可以设计更短的SRS发送周期，例如：SRS的发送周期可以为10ms、5ms、2ms、1ms或0.5ms，甚至可以为子帧中每个OFDM符号上都可以发送SRS信号。
针对上述方式二，为了增加或提高SRS发送成功率，设计SRS发送时间窗。如图15所示，为SRS发送时间窗位于当前SRS周期点之后，下一个SRS周期点之前的示意图。
这里以周期20ms为例说明，如果UE在子帧5上竞争到非授权载波的使用权，则在子帧5上发送SRS，而下次发送SRS机会要等到子帧25(这里的子帧25是指在下一个周期内的第二帧内的子帧索引号为5的子帧，且假定 每个无线帧中的子帧是顺次排列)。如果UE在子帧5上没有竞争到非授权载波，则在子帧5之后的时间窗内候选的SRS资源位置前继续执行LBT/CCA检测UE尝试发送SRS。其中，时间窗长度可以是预设，或者，eNB和UE事先约定好的，或者，物理层DCI通知，或者，高层RRC通知的。进一步地，时间窗的起点可以与SRS周期点在时域上是连续的，也可以不连续。对于不连续的SRS发送时间窗起点可以通过SRS周期点与时间窗起点之间的偏移量确定。进一步地，在时间窗内UE发送SRS的候选位置可以是连续，也可以是离散的。其中，时间窗内发送SRS的位置可以通过以下参数之一确定：时间窗内偏移量，发送SRS duration数目，SRS duration间间隔。SRS duration为一个或多个子帧长度，其中，SRS信号仅占SRS duration子帧中的一个OFDM符号长度。其中，UE只要在时间窗内预设候选的发送SRS的位置之前执行LBT/CCA成功，就可以在该候选的资源位置上发送SRS。具体SRS发送时间窗示意图如图16所示，即在SRS发送时间窗内具有连续的多个SRS发送机会点示意图。
也就是UE在周期点上执行LBT失败，则可以在配置时间内连续的多个发送SRS机会点上尝试竞争接入非授权载波，只要在连续多个SRS机会点中任意一个机会点前执行LBT成功，则可在SRS机会点上发送SRS信号。图16中时间窗内SRS发送时域位置位于SRS机会点(子帧中)上的最后一个OFDM符号，而发送SRS信号所执行的LBT位置为上一子帧中的最后k个符号上，这里优选地，k为1或2。进一步地，LBT位置与SRS信号发送位置之间的空白可以是自身的PUSCH，也可以其他UE的PUSCH，也可以空置的资源。图17所示为在SRS发送时间窗内具有离散的多个SRS发送机会点示意图。其中，图17中的偏移量1优选地可以配置为0，偏移量2也可以配置为0。
进一步地，时间窗内每个OFDM符号位置也可以用于发送SRS信号，而发送SRS信号所执行的LBT位置位于SRS信号前一个或多个符号内，也可以将LBT成功时刻后的第一个符号作为发送SRS信号的位置。
针对上述方式三，可以设计发送SRS的短周期和长周期结合的方式，如图18所示。
例如：长周期为20ms，短周期为5ms。如果UE在长周期对应的子帧(如子帧5)前竞争到非授权载波资，则在该长周期中的SRS周期点上发送SRS信号。而下一次SRS发送机会为下一个长周期中的SRS周期点，如子帧25。如果UE没有竞争到长周期中的发送SRS机会点，则可以在短周期(如5ms周期)内的SRS机会点上(如，子帧10，子帧15，子帧20)尝试竞争非授权载波，如果竞争到子帧10的非授权载波的使用权，则在子帧10上发送SRS，则SRS下一次发送机会为长周期对应的周期点，如子帧25。如果未竞争到非授权载波，则可以依次在后续的子帧15，子帧20前尝试进行非授权载波，从而进行SRS信号的发送。
其中，SRS信号的发送也可以是非周期性DCI触发而进行发送的。但无论是周期还是非周期性，又或是，周期和非周期性结合方式下发送SRS信号，都需要UE在执行LBT/CCA成功后才能发送。一种特例，UE可以不用考虑LBT/CCA，而直接在SRS触发或是周期性或预设位置上发送SRS信号，即采用短控制信令SCS方式发送。
此外，对于非周期性触发SRS信号方式，如果在SRS信号发送位置之前执行LBT失败，则可以利用本实施例中的方法，如非周期性触发的SRS资源位置后补充一个SRS发送时间窗，或者，周期性发送SRS的资源位置上尝试发送SRS信号。而在上述可能发送SRS的资源位置上能否发送SRS信号取决于在这些可能的SRS资源位置前执行的LBT/CCA结果。如果执行LBT/CCA成功，则就在LBT成功后的第一个可能的SRS资源位置上发送SRS信号。或者，在非周期性触发的SRS资源前执行LBT失败，则传输设备可以继续执行LBT检测，直到执行LBT成功竞争到非授权载波的使用权，则立刻发送SRS信号。此时，优选的，SRS信号发送位置位于LBT成功时刻后的第一个部分或完整的符号上或第一个时隙中的第一个或最后一个符号，或者，第一个子帧中的第一个符号，或者，最后一个符号，或者，LBT成功时刻所在子帧中的最后一个符号，或者，第一个子帧中前和/后半时隙上的第一个或最后一个符号上发送。或者，在周期性SRS位置前执行LBT失败，在采用非周期性触发确定的SRS发送位置前尝试重新竞争非授权载波，如果成功竞争到非授权载波，则在非周期性触发的SRS位置上发送SRS。反之， 如果执行LBT失败，则可以在候选的SRS资源前继续尝试执行LBT。这里，候选的SRS资源可以为缩短SRS周期对应的资源，和/或，双周期对应的SRS资源，或者，SRS发送时间窗内的用于SRS传输的资源。
进一步地，可以根据LBT或CCA成功时刻或LBT或CCA位置来确定SRS信号发送的位置。
实施例九：
在该优选实施例中，提供一种根据LBT成功位置确定发送SRS信号的方法。该方法是基于非授权载波上发送SRS信号的不确定性，而提供的基于LBT成功时刻而确定SRS信号发送的位置。
具体地，为了发送SRS信号和/或PUSCH而执行的LBT/CCA检测位置可以为以下之一：调度子帧的前一子帧中的末尾k个OFDM符号内；或者，调度子帧中的前s个OFDM符号内；或者，调度子帧的前一子帧中末尾的k1个OFDM符号和调度子帧中的s1个OFDM符号内，或者，发送SRS信号所在符号之前的k4个符号，或者，与SRS信号在同一个符号内时分方式。优选地，k和s和k4为1或2，k1和s1为1。
当LBT/CCA检测位置在发送SRS信号所在子帧或调度子帧之前一子帧的最后k个符号时，如果LBT/CCA成功时刻未到发送SRS信号的子帧或调度子帧起点，则在LBT/CCA成功时刻到发送SRS信号的子帧或调度子帧起点之间的空白可以发送部分和/或完整的预留信号或初始信号或占用信号，而在发送SRS信号所在子帧或调度子帧上发送PUSCH，在子帧的最后一个符号上不发送PUSCH，而发送SRS信号。其中，SRS信号发送的频域位置应该避开共享的CCA检测频域资源位置。即SRS信号频域发送位置与共享的CCA检测频域位置是频分方式共存。进一步地，预留信号或初始信号或占用信号可以是全带宽发送，或者，仅在频域上特定的RE或PRB或RBG或子带上发送，而在整个带宽上剩余频域资源中的部分或全部资源不发送任何信号，用于其他UE(同小区中的UE或是同运营商下的UE)进行LBT/CCA检测。这里，预留信号可以是SRS信号。如果LBT/CCA成功时刻恰好到发送SRS信号的子帧起点，则在发送SRS信号所在子帧上发送PUSCH，在子 帧的最后一个符号上不发送PUSCH，而发送SRS信号。进一步地，也可以在子帧中倒数第二或第三个符号上空余部分RE上不发送PUSCH，所述空余的部分RE是用于该UE或其他UE在最后一个符号上发送各自的SRS信号。如果UE在LBT/CCA检测位置执行LBT失败，则在当前所述SRS子帧上不能发送SRS信号。或者，如果UE在LBT/CCA检测位置执行LBT失败，而在SRS子帧中倒数第二或第三个符号上空余部分RE上执行LBT成功，即检测到信道空闲，则可以SRS子帧中的最后一个符号上发送自己的SRS信号。由于该UE在对应的LBT/CCA检测位置上未能完成LBT过程，则在SRS子帧中倒数第二或第三个符号上空余部分RE上可以执行简化的LBT，如LBT Cat2，或者，LBT Cat4且比较小的竞争窗(如，CWmax为3)，或者，直接eCCA过程，或者，类似DRS发送的LBT过程(只要检测信道连续空闲的时间不低于预设的CCA时长，如25us或34us)。这里，SRS除了在SRS子帧中最后一个符号上发送之外，还可以在子帧中的第一个符号，和/或，前半时隙中的第一个符号，和/或，前半时隙中的最后一个符号，和/或，后半时隙中的第一个符号，和/或，后半时隙中的最后一个符号，或者，子帧中任意一个或多个符号上，而在子帧中对应SRS发送位置上不发送PUSCH，相应地，如果UE发送PUSCH和SRS所执行的LBT是独立的，则SRS信号发送位置可以在上述子帧中SRS发送位置之前的第一个或多个符号上执行。其具体SRS发送位置可以根据k的取值确定候选的符号位置中一个或多个。
当LBT/CCA检测位置在发送SRS信号所在子帧或调度子帧的前一子帧中末尾的k1个OFDM符号和调度子帧中的s1个OFDM符号内时，SRS信号发送位置可以在s1符号后的第一个符号，和/或，s1所在时隙中的最后一个符号，和/或，s1所在时隙之后时隙的第一个符号和/或最后一个符号位置。LBT/CCA成功时刻未到LBT/CCA检测区域边界时，发送预留信号或初始信号或占用信号，预留信号的发送方式以及SRS独立执行LBT方式和位置类似同上述情况处理方法。其具体SRS发送位置可以根据k1和/或s1的取值确定候选的符号位置中一个或多个。
当LBT/CCA检测位置在发送SRS信号所在子帧或调度子帧中的前s个OFDM符号内时，这种情况下，LBT/CCA成功时刻若未到前s个符号边界， 则在LBT/CCA成功时刻与前s个符号边界之间的空白发送预留信号或初始信号或占用信号，其中，预留信号的处理同上述情况。若LBT/CCA成功时刻恰到前s个符号边界，则SRS信号可以在s符号后的第一个符号，和/或，s所在时隙中的最后一个符号，和/或，s所在时隙之后时隙的第一个符号和/或最后一个符号位置。其具体SRS发送位置可以根据s的取值确定候选的符号位置中一个或多个。
当LBT/CCA检测位置在发送SRS信号所在符号之前的k4个符号时，优选地，若LBT/CCA成功时刻恰到前k4个符号边界，则在发送SRS的位置正常发送SRS。而若LBT/CCA成功时刻未到前k4个符号边界，则需要发送预留信号，其他处理方式均同上述几种情况中所描述的方法。其具体SRS发送位置可以根据k4的取值确定候选的符号位置中一个或多个。
当LBT/CCA检测位置与SRS信号在同一个符号内时分方式时，如果LBT/CCA成功时刻未到符号边界，则可以在剩余的符号上发送部分SRS信号(即截断的SRS信号)。这里，所述的同一个符号可以是LBT/CCA位置所述的符号，或者，上述SRS信号所在的符号。若LBT/CCA成功时刻恰到符号边界，则优选地，在LBT/CCA成功时刻后的第一个符号上发送SRS信号，和/或，LBT/CCA成功时刻所在子帧中的最后一个符号，和/或，LBT/CCA成功时刻所在子帧或下一个子帧中的第一个符号和/或最后一个符号和/或前半时隙和/或后半时隙中的第一个和/或最后一个符号上发送SRS信号。
此外，发送SRS信号而执行的LBT/CCA检测位置不限定，SRS信号的发送位置完全取决于LBT/CCA成功时刻。即用户设备在LBT/CCA成功时刻后的第一个部分或完整的符号，和/或，LBT/CCA成功时刻所在子帧中的最后一个符号，和/或，LBT/CCA成功时刻所在子帧或下一个子帧中的第一个符号和/或最后一个符号和/或前半时隙和/或后半时隙中的第一个和/或最后一个符号上发送SRS信号。此时，发送SRS信号的位置可能不是配置的周期性SRS位置，或者，实施例中中提供的候选SRS发送位置，如，SRS发送时间窗内候选的SRS资源位置，或者，缩短周期的SRS位置，或者，双周期对应的SRS位置等。
显然，本领域的技术人员应该明白，上述的本发明的各模块或各步骤可 以用通用的计算装置来实现，它们可以集中在单个的计算装置上，或者分布在多个计算装置所组成的网络上，可选地，它们可以用计算装置可执行的程序代码来实现，从而，可以将它们存储在存储装置中由计算装置来执行，并且在某些情况下，可以以不同于此处的顺序执行所示出或描述的步骤，或者将它们分别制作成各个集成电路模块，或者将它们中的多个模块或步骤制作成单个集成电路模块来实现。这样，本发明不限制于任何特定的硬件和软件结合。
以上所述仅为本发明的优选实施例而已，并不用于限制本发明，对于本领域的技术人员来说，本发明可以有各种更改和变化。凡在本发明的精神和原则之内，所作的任何修改、等同替换、改进等，均应包含在本发明的保护范围之内。
工业实用性
本发明实施例提出的探测参考信号的发送方法和装置，涉及无线通信领域，所述方法包括：根据先听后说LBT或空闲信道评估CCA检测竞争非授权载波的使用权；当成功竞争到所述非授权载波的使用权时，在所述非授权载波上发送探测参考信号SRS。提供了SRS和PUSCH同时或不同时传输以及上行部分子帧时的SRS信号发送方法、同时提供更多的SRS发送机会。而对于下行传输中采用SRS序列作为占用信号，从而简化了占用信号的设计。

Claims (64)

  1. 一种探测参考信号的发送方法，应用于第一通信节点，包括：
    根据先听后说LBT或空闲信道评估CCA检测竞争非授权载波的使用权；
    当成功竞争到所述非授权载波的使用权时，在所述非授权载波上发送探测参考信号SRS和/或物理上行共享信道PUSCH。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的发送方法，其中，当在所述非授权载波上发送SRS时，所述探测参考信号SRS的发送位置包括：时间单元中的特定符号。
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的发送方法，其中，所述时间单元包括以下至少之一：子帧；时隙。
  4. 根据权利要求2所述的发送方法，其中，所述时间单元为子帧或时隙时，所述特定符号包括以下至少之一：
    第一个正交频分复用OFDM符号；最后一个OFDM符号。
  5. 根据权利要求1所述的发送方法，其中，所述探测参考信号SRS的发送位置，包括：发送SRS的时间窗。
  6. 根据权利要求2或5所述的发送方法，其中，所述发送SRS的时间窗位于：所述时间单元之前，或者，所述时间单元之后，或者，包含所述时间单元。
  7. 根据权利要求5所述的发送方法，其中，所述时间窗内发送SRS的位置由以下至少之一参数确定：
    时间窗内偏移量，发送SRS持续时间SRS duration数目，SRS duration间间隔，时间窗时长，时间窗内发送SRS duration的结束位置。
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的发送方法，其中，所述SRS duration包括以下至少之一：一个子帧；多个子帧；一个时隙；多个时隙。
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的发送方法，其中，所述SRS信号在SRS的时间窗中SRS duration中的至少一个符号上发送。
  10. 根据权利要求2～9任一项所述的发送方法，其中，发送SRS信号的位置通过以下方式之一确定：
    先听后说LBT成功时刻确定；
    基站通过物理层DCI信令指示；
    基站通过物理层DCI信令指示在连续的多个子帧上发送SRS的位置；
    基站在每个子帧上指示SRS信号的发送；
    默认在候选的子帧上可以发送SRS信号，但具体在候选哪个子帧上发送需要基站发送信令指示或者触发。
  11. 根据权利要求1所述的发送方法，其中，当在所述非授权载波上发送SRS时，所述探测参考信号SRS的发送位置包括：
    特殊子帧中的上行导频时隙；和/或，特殊子帧中的保护间隔GP。
  12. 根据权利要求1所述的发送方法，其中，当在所述非授权载波上发送SRS时，所述探测参考信号SRS的发送位置包括：
    基站发送预留信号期间。
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的发送方法，其中，所述预留信号期间，包括：基站执行CCA或LBT成功至开始进行下行传输的时间单元。
  14. 根据权利要求1所述的发送方法，其中，当在所述非授权载波上发送SRS时，所述探测参考信号SRS的发送位置包括：下行传输期内。
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的发送方法，其中，所述在所述下行传输期内发送SRS的子帧位置，由以下至少之一方式确定：基站通过物理层DCI信令指示；预定义；基站和UE事先约定。
  16. 根据权利要求1所述的发送方法，其中，当在所述非授权载波上发送SRS时，所述探测参考信号SRS的发送位置包括：发现参考信号DRS传输期间。
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的发送方法，其中，所述探测参考信号SRS在DRS传输期内发送包括：在DRS子帧中空余的符号上发送。
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的发送方法，其中，所述空余符号位置包括以下至少之一：
    第13个符号，第14个符号，根据DRS图样确定的空置符号位置中至少 之一。
  19. 根据权利要求1所述的发送方法，其中，当在所述非授权载波上发送SRS时，所述探测参考信号SRS的发送位置包括：下行传输结束之后的末尾部分子帧。
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的发送方法，其中，所述在下行传输结束之后的末尾部分子帧上发送SRS信号的符号位置，由基站通过物理层DCI信令指示，或者，根据LBT或CCA成功时刻确定，或，预定义。
  21. 根据权利要求1所述的发送方法，其中，当在所述非授权载波上发送PUSCH时，所述物理上行共享信道PUSCH的起始位置包括：
    所述上行物理共享信道PUSCH的起始位置为时间单元上的特定符号。
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的发送方法，其中，所述时间单元包括以下至少之一：子帧，时隙，符号。
  23. 根据权利要求21所述的发送方法，其中，所述特定符号包括以下至少之一：符号0，符号1，符号4，符号7。
  24. 根据权利要求1或21所述的发送方法，其中，所述物理上行共享信道PUSCH的起始位置还包括：
    上行物理共享信道PUSCH传输时刻完全取决于LBT或CCA成功时刻。
  25. 根据权利要求1、10、13、20或24中任一项所述的发送方法，其中，所述LBT或所述CCA检测执行的位置包括以下之一：
    LBT或CCA检测的位置限制在预定区域；或者，
    LBT或CCA检测的位置不受限制。
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的发送方法，其中，当所述LBT或CCA检测位置限制在预定区域时，所述LBT或所述CCA检测执行的位置包括以下之一：
    子帧或调度子帧的前一子帧中的末尾k个OFDM符号；
    子帧或调度子帧中的前s个OFDM符号；
    子帧或调度子帧的前一子帧中末尾的k1个OFDM符号和子帧或调度子 帧中的前s1个OFDM符号；
    其中，k，s，k1，s1为正整数。
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的发送方法，其中，所述参数k和所述参数s均为1或2，所述参数k1和所述参数s1均为1。
  28. 根据权利要求26所述的发送方法，其中，当在子帧或调度子帧的前一子帧中的末尾一个OFDM符号上执行LBT或CCA成功时，包括：
    在子帧或调度子帧上发送物理上行共享信道PUSCH和探测参考信号SRS。
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的发送方法，其中，所述物理上行共享信道PUSCH开始传输时刻包括：调度子帧中的第一个OFDM符号。
  30. 根据权利要求28所述的发送方法，其中，所述探测参考信号SRS发送的位置包括：调度子帧中的最后一个OFDM符号。
  31. 根据权利要求1至30任一所述的发送方法，其中，当探测参考信号SRS发送位置和下个子帧中执行LBT或CCA检测位置在同一个OFDM符号时，包括：
    探测参考信号SRS的发送和下个子帧中执行LBT或CCA检测位置按照频分方式共存。
  32. 根据权利要求31所述的发送方法，其中，所述探测参考信号SRS发送的频域位置包括：整个带宽上预定子载波间隔对应的频域资源。
  33. 根据权利要求32中所述的发送方法，其中，所述预定子载波间隔包括：子载波间隔为1；或者，子载波间隔为3。
  34. 根据权利要求31所述的发送方法，其中，所述LBT或CCA检测位置为所述探测参考信号SRS频域位置集合中之一。
  35. 根据权利要求31中所述的发送方法，其中，所述方法还包括：修改探测参考信号发送位置。
  36. 根据权利要求35中所述的发送方法，其中，探测参考信号的发送位置包括：子帧中的第一个OFDM符号；或者，子帧中前半时隙的最后一个 OFDM符号；或者，子帧中后半时隙的第一个OFDM符号。
  37. 根据权利要求28中所述的发送方法，其中，当在调度子帧的前一子帧中的末尾一个OFDM符号上执行LBT或CCA成功之后，还包括：
    第一用户设备或第一用户设备组在调度子帧上发送物理上行共享信道PUSCH；第二用户设备或第二用户设备组在调度子帧上或候选子帧中最后一个符号上发送探测参考信号SRS；
    或者，
    第一用户设备或第一用户设备组在调度子帧或候选子帧上发送物理上行共享信道PUSCH，第二用户设备或第二用户设备组和第一用户设备或第一用户设备组中至少之一在子帧的最后一个符号上发送探测参考信号SRS。
  38. 根据权利要求28所述的发送方法，其中，当在调度子帧的前一子帧中的末尾一个符号上执行LBT或CCA成功之后，还包括：
    第一用户设备或第一用户设备组在调度子帧上发送物理上行共享信道PUSCH；第二用户设备或第二用户设备组在调度子帧上或候选子帧中第一个符号上发送探测参考信号SRS；
    或者，
    第一用户设备或第一用户设备组在调度子帧或候选子帧上发送物理上行共享信道PUSCH，第二用户设备或第二用户设备组和第一用户设备或第一用户设备组中至少之一在子帧的第一个符号上发送探测参考信号SRS。
  39. 根据权利要求38所述的发送方法，其中，所述第二用户设备或第二用户设备组在发送探测参考信号SRS之前，还包括：LBT或CCA成功时刻之后到发送探测参考信号位置之间的空白处发送预留信号。
  40. 根据权利要求38所述的发送方法，其中，所述第二用户设备或第二用户设备组在发送探测参考信号SRS之前，还包括：执行LBT或CCA检测；或者，不执行LBT或CCA检测。
  41. 根据权利要求40所述的发送方法，其中，所述第二用户设备或第二用户设备组发送探测参考信号SRS执行LBT或CCA检测的位置，包括：探测参考信号位置之前的一个OFDM符号。
  42. 根据权利要求41所述的发送方法，其中，第二用户设备或第二用户设备组发送探测参考信号SRS所执行LBT或CCA检测执行简化的LBT机制或参数配置。
  43. 根据权利要求40所述的发送方法，其中，所述第二用户设备或第二用户设备组发送探测参考信号SRS不执行LBT或CCA操作，通过以下之一确定：
    根据基站的指示确定候选的子帧上发送SRS信号；或者，
    根据基站在每个子帧上指示确定是否发送SRS信号；或者，
    默认在候选的子帧上发送SRS信号，且根据基站指示或者新的信令触发确定发送SRS信号所使用的子帧。
  44. 根据权利要求1所述的发送方法，其中，所述探测参考信号SRS独立发送时，包括：按照管制1ms要求；或者，不按照管制1ms要求。
  45. 根据权利要求44所述的发送方法，其中，当执行LBT或CCA检测成功后，按照所述管制1ms传输要求时，包括：在预定的时域位置发送探测参考信号SRS，其余时域资源发送预留信号。
  46. 根据权利要求45所述的发送方法，其中，所述预定的时域位置包括以下之一：子帧的最后一个OFDM符号；或者，子帧的第一个OFDM符号；或者，子帧中前半时隙的最后一个OFDM符号；或者，子帧中后半时隙的第一个OFDM符号；或者，LBT或CCA检测成功时刻后的第一个OFDM符号。
  47. 根据权利要求45所述的发送方法，其中，所述预留信号为探测参考信号SRS。
  48. 根据权利要求44所述的发送方法，其中，当执行LBT或CCA检测成功后，不按照所述管制1ms传输要求时，包括：在LBT或CCA检测成功时刻后的第一个OFDM符号上发送探测参考信号SRS。
  49. 根据权利要求1所述的发送方法，其中，当第一通信节点为基站时，发送探测参考信号SRS，还包括以下之一：
    在发现参考信号DRS时域图样组成中的空闲符号上发送探测参考信号SRS；
    在发送初始信号或预留信号阶段发送探测参考信号SRS；
    在下行传输期发送探测参考信号SRS。
  50. 根据权利要求1所述的发送方法，所述方法还包括：
    当未竞争到所述非授权载波的使用权时，在所述第一预定时域资源上停止发送探测参考信号SRS，在所述非授权载波的所述第一预定时域资源之后的第二预定时域资源前执行所述LBT或CCA检测，并在所述第二预定时域资源前执行LBT成功的情况下，在所述第二预定时域资源上发送探测参考信号；或者，
    当未竞争到所述非授权载波的使用权时，在所述第一预定时域资源上停止发送探测参考信号SRS，在所述非授权载波上用于发送探测参考信号SRS的时间窗内所述的第三预定时域资源前执行所述LBT或CCA检测，并在所述第三预定时域资源前执行LBT成功的情况下，在所述第三预定时域资源上发送探测参考信号；或者，
    当未竞争到所述非授权载波的使用权时，在所述第一预定时域资源上停止发送探测参考信号SRS，在所述非授权载波上继续竞争非授权载波的使用权，在竞争到非授权载波的情况下，发送探测参考信号。
  51. 根据权利要求50所述的发送方法，其中，所述补充发送探测参考信号SRS的位置，包括：
    位于所述第一预定时域资源之前，或者，所述第一预定时域资源之后，或者，包含所述第一预定时域资源。
  52. 根据权利要求26所述的发送方法，其中，当在子帧或调度子帧中的前s个OFDM符号内或者，子帧或调度子帧的前一子帧中末尾的k1个OFDM符号和子帧或调度子帧中的s1个OFDM符号内执行LBT或CCA成功时，包括：
    物理上行共享信道PUSCH从s+1符号开始；或者，
    物理上行共享信道PUSCH从s1+1符号开始，其中，所述s、s1、k1为正整数。
  53. 根据权利要求52所述的发送方法，其中，所述探测参考信号SRS 的发送位置包括以下之一：
    子帧的最后一个OFDM符号；或者，
    子帧的第一个OFDM符号；或者，
    子帧中前半时隙的最后一个OFDM符号；或者，
    子帧中后半时隙的第一个OFDM符号；或者，
    LBT或CCA检测成功时刻后的第一个OFDM符号；或者，
    PUSCH开始传输的第一个OFDM符号。
  54. 根据权利要求1～53任一项所述的发送方法，其中，所述执行LBT或CCA检测的时域和/或频域位置，或者，所述发送探测参考信号的时域和/或频域位置，或者，所述发送探测参考信号时间窗的位置，或者，发送探测参考信号的候选时域和/或频域位置，或者，PUSCH开始传输时刻通过以下方式获取：
    基站和UE事先约定好；或者，
    基站指示给UE；或者，
    物理层信令通知，如DCI；或者，
    高层RRC信令通知，或者，
    预定义。
  55. 根据权利要求1所述的发送方法，其中，调整发送探测参考信号SRS所执行的LBT机制或LBT机制的CW大小通过发送SRS所执行LBT失败的次数，其中，调整指示包括eNB通知UE调整，或者，UE自己调整。
  56. 一种探测参考信号的发送装置，设置于第一通信节点，包括：
    竞争模块，设置为根据先听后说LBT或空闲信道评估CCA检测竞争非授权载波的使用权；
    发送模块，设置为当成功竞争到所述非授权载波的使用权时，在所述非授权载波上发送探测参考信号SRS和/或物理上行共享信道PUSCH。
  57. 根据权利要求56所述的发送装置，其中，
    当在所述非授权载波上发送SRS时，所述探测参考信号SRS的发送位 置包括：时间单元中的特定符号；
    当在所述非授权载波上发送SRS时，所述探测参考信号SRS的发送位置还包括：发送SRS的时间窗；
    当在所述非授权载波上发送SRS时，所述探测参考信号SRS的发送位置包括：特殊子帧中的上行导频时隙；和/或，特殊子帧中的保护间隔GP；
    当在所述非授权载波上发送SRS时，所述探测参考信号SRS的发送位置包括：基站发送预留信号期间；
    当在所述非授权载波上发送SRS时，所述探测参考信号SRS的发送位置包括：下行传输期内；
    当在所述非授权载波上发送SRS时，所述探测参考信号SRS的发送位置包括：发现参考信号DRS传输期间；
    当在所述非授权载波上发送SRS时，所述探测参考信号SRS的发送位置包括：下行传输结束之后的末尾部分子帧；
    当在所述非授权载波上发送PUSCH时，所述物理上行共享信道PUSCH的起始位置包括：所述上行物理共享信道PUSCH的起始位置为时间单元上的特定符号；
    当在所述非授权载波上发送PUSCH时，所述物理上行共享信道PUSCH的起始位置还包括：上行物理共享信道PUSCH传输时刻完全取决于LBT或CCA成功时刻。
  58. 根据权利要求56所述的发送装置，其中，所述装置还包括：调整模块，设置为修改探测参考信号发送位置。
  59. 根据权利要求56所述的发送装置，其中，当所述竞争模块在调度子帧的前一子帧中的末尾一个OFDM符号上执行LBT或CCA成功之后，所述发送模块还用于：
    第一用户设备或第一用户设备组在调度子帧上发送物理上行共享信道PUSCH；第二用户设备或第二用户设备组在调度子帧上或候选子帧中最后一个符号上发送探测参考信号SRS；
    或者，
    第一用户设备或第一用户设备组在调度子帧或候选子帧上发送物理上行共享信道PUSCH，第二用户设备或第二用户设备组和第一用户设备或第一用户设备组中至少之一在子帧的第一个符号上发送探测参考信号SRS。
  60. 根据权利要求56所述的发送装置，其中，当所述竞争模块在调度子帧的前一子帧中的末尾一个符号上执行LBT或CCA成功之后，所述发送模块还用于：
    第一用户设备或第一用户设备组在调度子帧上发送物理上行共享信道PUSCH；第二用户设备或第二用户设备组在调度子帧上或候选子帧中第一个符号上发送探测参考信号SRS；
    或者，
    第一用户设备或第一用户设备组在调度子帧或候选子帧上发送物理上行共享信道PUSCH，第二用户设备或第二用户设备组和第一用户设备或第一用户设备组中至少之一在子帧的第一个符号上发送探测参考信号SRS。
  61. 根据权利要求56所述的发送装置，其中，当所述第一通信节点为基站时，所述发送模块发送探测参考信号SRS，还包括以下之一：
    在发现参考信号DRS时域图样组成中的空闲符号上发送探测参考信号SRS；
    在发送初始信号或预留信号阶段发送探测参考信号SRS；
    在下行传输期发送探测参考信号SRS。
  62. 根据权利要求56所述的发送装置，其中，所述发送模块还设置为：
    当未竞争到所述非授权载波的使用权时，在所述第一预定时域资源上停止发送探测参考信号SRS，在所述非授权载波的所述第一预定时域资源之后的第二预定时域资源前执行所述LBT或CCA检测，并在所述第二预定时域资源前执行LBT成功的情况下，在所述第二预定时域资源上发送探测参考信号；或者，
    当未竞争到所述非授权载波的使用权时，在所述第一预定时域资源上停止发送探测参考信号SRS，在所述非授权载波上用于补充发送探测参考信号SRS的时间窗内所述的第三预定时域资源前执行所述LBT或CCA检测，并 在所述第三预定时域资源前执行LBT成功的情况下，在所述第三预定时域资源上发送探测参考信号；或者，
    当未竞争到所述非授权载波的使用权时，在所述第一预定时域资源上停止发送探测参考信号SRS，在所述非授权载波上继续竞争非授权载波的使用权，在竞争到非授权载波的情况下，补充发送探测参考信号。
  63. 根据权利要求56所述的发送装置，其中，所述调整模块，设置为调整发送探测参考信号SRS所执行的LBT机制或LBT机制的CW大小通过发送SRS所执行LBT失败的次数，其中，调整指示包括eNB通知UE调整，或者，UE自己调整。
  64. 一种计算机可读存储介质，存储有计算机可执行指令，所述计算机可执行指令用于执行权利要求1-55任一项的探测参考信号的发送方法。
PCT/CN2017/071482 2016-01-20 2017-01-18 一种探测参考信号的发送方法和装置 WO2017125009A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US16/070,883 US20190132103A1 (en) 2016-01-20 2017-01-18 Method and apparatus for sending sounding reference signal

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201610037277.0A CN106992804A (zh) 2016-01-20 2016-01-20 一种探测参考信号的发送方法和装置
CN201610037277.0 2016-01-20

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2017125009A1 true WO2017125009A1 (zh) 2017-07-27

Family

ID=59361537

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2017/071482 WO2017125009A1 (zh) 2016-01-20 2017-01-18 一种探测参考信号的发送方法和装置

Country Status (3)

Country Link
US (1) US20190132103A1 (zh)
CN (1) CN106992804A (zh)
WO (1) WO2017125009A1 (zh)

Cited By (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110475345A (zh) * 2018-05-10 2019-11-19 中兴通讯股份有限公司 数据传输的发送、接收方法及装置
WO2019246287A1 (en) * 2018-06-20 2019-12-26 Qualcomm Incorporated 5g new radio with sharing between priority access license and general authorized access communications
CN111194532A (zh) * 2017-08-17 2020-05-22 苹果公司 具有交织结构的新空口(nr)无许可物理上行链路控制信道
EP3678416A4 (en) * 2017-09-27 2020-08-26 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. PROCESS FOR SWITCHING A CARRIER ON A LICENSE SPECTRUM, BASE STATION AND TERMINAL DEVICE
CN111836266A (zh) * 2019-08-13 2020-10-27 维沃移动通信有限公司 Srs的发送方法、配置方法、终端及网络侧设备
TWI807757B (zh) * 2021-04-06 2023-07-01 聯發科技股份有限公司 用於探測參考訊號之部分探測方法及其使用者設備

Families Citing this family (43)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN107241176A (zh) * 2016-03-28 2017-10-10 北京信威通信技术股份有限公司 一种探测参考信号的发送方法、装置及用户设备
CN105898883B (zh) * 2016-04-01 2019-10-11 宇龙计算机通信科技(深圳)有限公司 一种前导码的配置方法、发送方法和相关设备
CN107294646B (zh) * 2016-04-01 2020-08-07 电信科学技术研究院 一种信息反馈方法、基站及终端
CN109478980B (zh) 2016-07-20 2021-11-19 瑞典爱立信有限公司 在未许可频带上的基于srs载波的切换
US10631271B2 (en) * 2016-08-25 2020-04-21 Qualcomm Incorporated Autonomous resource selection for multiple transmissions in device-to-device communications
US10470048B2 (en) * 2017-01-17 2019-11-05 Qualcomm Incorporated Dynamic time-division duplexing (TDD) in new radio-spectrum sharing (NR-SS) and self-contained subframe structure
AU2017393966B2 (en) * 2017-01-17 2022-03-17 Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. Method for transmitting sounding reference signal, terminal device and network device
US10841069B2 (en) * 2017-03-24 2020-11-17 Qualcomm Incorporated Partial subframe transmission techniques in shared radio frequency spectrum
US11528662B2 (en) * 2017-04-13 2022-12-13 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Sleep handling for user equipment
BR112019015603A2 (pt) * 2017-05-04 2020-03-17 Lg Electronics Inc. Método para transmitir e receber enlace ascendente em sistema de comunicação sem fio e aparelho para o mesmo
CN109600794B (zh) * 2017-09-30 2021-01-15 华为技术有限公司 一种通信方法及设备
CN109600206B (zh) * 2017-09-30 2021-01-05 华为技术有限公司 信息传输方法、终端设备及网络设备
US11284362B2 (en) * 2017-10-02 2022-03-22 Apple Inc. Synchronization signal block for unlicensed carrier, and listen before talk strategies for initial access
US10524266B2 (en) * 2017-10-20 2019-12-31 Google Llc Switching transmission technologies within a spectrum based on network load
US11050598B2 (en) * 2017-11-28 2021-06-29 Qualcomm Incorporated Carrier information signaling in a 5G network
US11457472B2 (en) * 2017-12-18 2022-09-27 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for initial access block on stand-alone NR unlicensed spectrum
WO2019119276A1 (zh) 2017-12-19 2019-06-27 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 用于测量的方法、网络设备和终端设备
JP2021510473A (ja) * 2018-01-12 2021-04-22 オッポ広東移動通信有限公司Ｇｕａｎｇｄｏｎｇ Ｏｐｐｏ Ｍｏｂｉｌｅ Ｔｅｌｅｃｏｍｍｕｎｉｃａｔｉｏｎｓ Ｃｏｒｐ．， Ｌｔｄ． 信号伝送方法及び装置
CA3088813C (en) * 2018-01-19 2022-12-06 Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. Sounding reference signal transmission method, network device and terminal device
KR20200117983A (ko) 2018-02-08 2020-10-14 광동 오포 모바일 텔레커뮤니케이션즈 코포레이션 리미티드 정보 전송 방법, 정보 수신 방법, 단말 기기 및 네트워크 기기
CN110167187B (zh) * 2018-02-13 2021-08-17 展讯通信（上海）有限公司 未授权频谱中lbt策略的配置方法、设备及可读介质
CN112134672A (zh) * 2018-02-13 2020-12-25 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 探测参考信号传输方法、终端设备和网络设备
US10873423B2 (en) * 2018-02-15 2020-12-22 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Systems and methods for allocation of uplink control channel resources in unlicensed spectrum
CN110248368B (zh) * 2018-03-08 2023-09-12 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司 一种被用于无线通信的用户设备、基站中的方法和装置
CN110300442B (zh) * 2018-03-23 2020-07-28 维沃移动通信有限公司 一种信号发送方法及网络设备
WO2019227316A1 (en) * 2018-05-29 2019-12-05 Nokia Shanghai Bell Co., Ltd. Sounding reference signal transmission in unlicensed spectrum
CN110831225A (zh) * 2018-08-08 2020-02-21 华为技术有限公司 一种传输信号的方法和装置
US10721628B2 (en) * 2018-08-09 2020-07-21 Qualcomm Incorporated Low-latency communication in shared spectrum
US20200053637A1 (en) * 2018-08-10 2020-02-13 Mediatek Inc. Initial access design for unlicensed spectrum
JP2022505472A (ja) * 2018-10-26 2022-01-14 テレフオンアクチーボラゲット エルエム エリクソン（パブル） 暗黙的サウンディング参照信号非周期的トリガリングオフセット
WO2020155168A1 (zh) * 2019-02-02 2020-08-06 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 用于非授权频谱的无线通信方法、网络设备和终端设备
US11706000B2 (en) * 2019-03-29 2023-07-18 Qualcomm Incorporated Techniques for managing sounding reference signal (SRS) transmissions in shared radio frequency spectrum
JP7478164B2 (ja) * 2019-03-29 2024-05-02 富士通株式会社 アップリンク伝送方法、アップリンクスケジューリング方法、装置及び通信システム
US11399334B2 (en) * 2019-05-02 2022-07-26 Qualcomm Incorporated Channel access for discovery reference signal (DRS) transmission in new radio-unlicensed (NR-U)
CN111600691B (zh) * 2019-06-05 2022-04-15 维沃移动通信有限公司 非授权频段的探测参考信号的传输方法和设备
CN111836375B (zh) * 2019-07-19 2023-07-18 维沃移动通信有限公司 上行数据传输方法、配置方法、终端和网络侧设备
CN112769528B (zh) * 2019-11-01 2024-03-01 维沃移动通信有限公司 上行探测导频发送方法、接收方法及相关设备
CN113260080B (zh) * 2020-02-11 2023-01-24 维沃移动通信有限公司 非授权频段信道占用的确定方法、发送方法及通信设备
US11716761B2 (en) * 2020-03-26 2023-08-01 Electronics And Telecommunications Research Institute Uplink transmission method for ultra-reliability and low-latency communication, and apparatus therefor
CN114124321A (zh) * 2020-08-27 2022-03-01 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Srs时域资源的动态选择方法和装置、存储介质及电子装置
CN112702791B (zh) * 2020-12-11 2022-06-28 杭州红岭通信息科技有限公司 一种多bwp下探测参考信号的资源分配方法
CN115918042A (zh) * 2021-07-22 2023-04-04 苹果公司 在未授权频谱中配置先听后说和短控制信令
WO2023115468A1 (zh) * 2021-12-23 2023-06-29 上海移远通信技术股份有限公司 无线通信的方法和通信装置

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN104301273A (zh) * 2014-08-25 2015-01-21 中兴通讯股份有限公司 使用非授权载波发送及接收信号的方法、基站及用户设备
US20150098412A1 (en) * 2013-10-03 2015-04-09 Qualcomm Incorporated Virtual carriers for lte/lte-a communications in a shared spectrum
CN104994591A (zh) * 2015-07-08 2015-10-21 宇龙计算机通信科技(深圳)有限公司 信道占用概率的调整方法、调整***和基站

Family Cites Families (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9717071B2 (en) * 2013-08-16 2017-07-25 Qualcomm Incorporated Uplink procedures for LTE/LTE-A communication systems with unlicensed spectrum
WO2016028103A1 (ko) * 2014-08-20 2016-02-25 엘지전자 주식회사 무선 통신 시스템에서 신호 전송 방법 및 장치
US10827491B2 (en) * 2014-10-07 2020-11-03 Qualcomm Incorporated Techniques for transmitting a sounding reference signal or scheduling request over an unlicensed radio frequency spectrum band
WO2016123402A1 (en) * 2015-01-28 2016-08-04 Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc. Uplink operation for lte in an unlicensed band
JP2018152626A (ja) * 2015-08-05 2018-09-27 シャープ株式会社 端末装置、基地局装置および通信方法
CN107852748B (zh) * 2015-08-14 2021-09-14 英特尔公司 多载波对话前监听

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20150098412A1 (en) * 2013-10-03 2015-04-09 Qualcomm Incorporated Virtual carriers for lte/lte-a communications in a shared spectrum
CN104301273A (zh) * 2014-08-25 2015-01-21 中兴通讯股份有限公司 使用非授权载波发送及接收信号的方法、基站及用户设备
CN104994591A (zh) * 2015-07-08 2015-10-21 宇龙计算机通信科技(深圳)有限公司 信道占用概率的调整方法、调整***和基站

Cited By (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111194532A (zh) * 2017-08-17 2020-05-22 苹果公司 具有交织结构的新空口(nr)无许可物理上行链路控制信道
EP3678416A4 (en) * 2017-09-27 2020-08-26 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. PROCESS FOR SWITCHING A CARRIER ON A LICENSE SPECTRUM, BASE STATION AND TERMINAL DEVICE
CN110475345A (zh) * 2018-05-10 2019-11-19 中兴通讯股份有限公司 数据传输的发送、接收方法及装置
WO2019246287A1 (en) * 2018-06-20 2019-12-26 Qualcomm Incorporated 5g new radio with sharing between priority access license and general authorized access communications
US11122592B2 (en) 2018-06-20 2021-09-14 Qualcomm Incorporated 5G new radio with sharing between priority access license and general authorized access communications
US11963217B2 (en) 2018-06-20 2024-04-16 Qualcomm Incorporated 5G new radio with sharing between priority access license and general authorized access communications
CN111836266A (zh) * 2019-08-13 2020-10-27 维沃移动通信有限公司 Srs的发送方法、配置方法、终端及网络侧设备
CN111836266B (zh) * 2019-08-13 2023-12-15 维沃移动通信有限公司 Srs的发送方法、配置方法、终端及网络侧设备
TWI807757B (zh) * 2021-04-06 2023-07-01 聯發科技股份有限公司 用於探測參考訊號之部分探測方法及其使用者設備

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20190132103A1 (en) 2019-05-02
CN106992804A (zh) 2017-07-28

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2017125009A1 (zh) 一种探测参考信号的发送方法和装置
CN106453182B (zh) 前导发送方法和装置
WO2017167304A1 (zh) 探测参考信号发送、接收方法、设备、***及存储介质
JP6617141B2 (ja) ライセンスされていないキャリアを使用して信号を送信及び受信する方法及び装置
CN106455117B (zh) 一种竞争接入方法和装置
CN106993335B (zh) 前导码发送、接收方法、装置、用户设备及基站
EP3131356B1 (en) Methods and devices for scheduling unlicensed spectrum
WO2017024988A1 (zh) 信息处理方法、装置及***
US11844109B2 (en) Controlling AUL transmissions when coexisting with scheduled UEs
US11737093B2 (en) User equipment and base station involved in transmission of uplink control data
JP6990714B2 (ja) 未ライセンスキャリア上でのアップリンク無線送信の協調
EP3259950A1 (en) Lbt patterns for wireless communication
WO2017194005A1 (zh) 信号传输方法、装置及用户设备
CN108605314B (zh) 一种上行数据传输方法及相关设备
KR20170098891A (ko) 메시지 전송 방법 및 장치
WO2017025004A1 (zh) 一种竞争接入方法和装置
WO2015062507A1 (zh) 一种d2d资源配置信息的传输方法及设备
CN109565692B (zh) 使用非授权频谱的上行传输方法、资源分配方法、用户设备及基站
WO2017166249A1 (zh) 信息传输方法及装置
WO2016119470A1 (zh) 一种信号发送方法和装置
KR20190002625A (ko) 면허 지원 액세스 ｌａａ 시스템에 기초한 업링크 전송 방법 및 장치
US20220400514A1 (en) Controlling transmission medium access in an open spectrum
KR20200112680A (ko) 비면허 대역을 지원하는 통신 시스템에서 신호의 송수신 방법 및 장치
OA20061A (en) Controlling autonomous UL transmissions when coexisting with scheduled UES.

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 17741040

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 17741040

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1